*** empty log message ***

(remove_file): Revert last change.

Makefile.maint

@@ -85,8 +85,9 @@ alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
 a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
 b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
 
-a_real_dir = /fs/share/ftp/$(alpha_subdir)
-b_real_dir = fetish-ftp
+# This must be the same name on both hosts.
+# Make it a symlink that points to the right place.
+real_dir = fetish-ftp
 
 url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
 
@@ -121,6 +122,7 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
 	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)"; \
 	  done; \
+	  echo; \
 	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the .tar.gz file"; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
@@ -158,6 +160,17 @@ wget-update:
 	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.sub -O $(srcdir)/config.sub
 	cvs -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/depcomp > depcomp
 
+define emit-rsync-commands
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+	echo 'for host in $(a_host) $(b_host); do \'
+	echo '  rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
+	echo '    $$host:$(real_dir); done'
+	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+endef
+
 alpha: writable-files po-check
 	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
 	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(distdir)
@@ -169,10 +182,4 @@ alpha: writable-files po-check
 	chmod a-w $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta)
 	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
 	cvs ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
-	@echo =====================================
-	@echo =====================================
-	@echo 'scp $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
-	@echo '  $(b_host):$(b_real_dir)'
-	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
-	@echo =====================================
-	@echo =====================================
+	@$(emit-rsync-commands)

THANKS

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
 Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
 Arthur Pool                         pool@commerce.uq.edu.au
 Austin Donnelly                     Austin.Donnelly@cl.cam.ac.uk
+Axel Kittenberger                   Anshil@gmx.net
 Bauke Jan Douma                     bjdouma@xs4all.nl
 Bengt Martensson                    bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
 Bernd Leibing                       bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
@@ -66,8 +67,10 @@ Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
 Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
 Dan Pascu                           dan@services.iiruc.ro
 Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
+Darren Salt                         ds@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk
 David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
 David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
+David Luyer                         david_luyer@pacific.net.au
 Dennis Henriksen                    opus@flamingo.osrl.dk
 Derek Clegg                         dclegg@next.com
 Dick Streefland                     dick_streefland@tasking.com
@@ -151,6 +154,7 @@ John Roll                           john@panic.harvard.edu
 John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
 John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
 Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
+Jorge Stolfi                        stolfi@ic.unicamp.br
 Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
 Jungshik Shin                       jshin@pantheon.yale.edu
 Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
@@ -185,7 +189,9 @@ Mark A. Thomas                      thommark@access.digex.net
 Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
 Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
 Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
+Mark Hounschell                     markh@compro.net
 Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark Nudelman                       marknu@flash.net
 Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
 Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
 Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
@@ -197,9 +203,12 @@ Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
 Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matt Perry                          matt@primefactor.com
+Matt Schalit                        mschalit@pacbell.net
 Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
 Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
 Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Smith                       matts@bluesguitar.org
 Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
 Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
 Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
@@ -208,6 +217,8 @@ Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
 Michael Deutschmann                 michael@talamasca.ocis.net
 Michael Hasselberg                  mikelh@zonta.ping.de
 Michael Hohn                        hohn@math.utah.edu
+Michael J. Croghan                  mcroghan@usatoday.com
+Michael Steffens                    michael.steffens@s.netic.de
 Michael Stone                       mstone@debian.org
 Michael Stutz                       stutz@dsl.org
 Michael Veksler                     mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
@@ -221,6 +232,7 @@ Niklas Edmundsson                   nikke@acc.umu.se
 Noah Friedman                       friedman@splode.com
 Noel Cragg                          noel@red-bean.com
 Olav Morkrid                        olav@funcom.com
+Oskar Liljeblad                     osk@hem.passagen.se
 Ørn E. Hansen                       oehansen@daimi.aau.dk
 Paul Eggert                         eggert@twinsun.com
 Paul Nevai                          nevai@ops.mps.ohio-state.edu

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
 # Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
 # Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
 	@:
 
 $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ distclean-vti:
 maintainer-clean-vti:
 	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
-fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
-fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
+fileutils.info: fileutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 
 DVIPS = dvips

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -100,6 +100,34 @@ When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
 numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
 allowed strings.
 
+@cindex language, in dates
+In the current implementation, only English is supported for words and
+abbreviations like @samp{AM}, @samp{DST}, @samp{EST}, @samp{first},
+@samp{January}, @samp{Sunday}, @samp{tomorrow}, and @samp{year}.
+
+@cindex language, in dates
+@cindex time zone item
+The output of @command{date} is not always acceptable as a date string,
+not only because of the language problem, but also because there is no
+standard meaning for time zone items like @samp{IST}.  When using
+@command{date} to generate a date string intended to be parsed later,
+specify a date format that is independent of language and that does not
+use time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}.  Here are some
+ways to do this:
+
+@example
+$ LC_ALL=C TZ=UTC0 date
+Fri Dec 15 19:48:05 UTC 2000
+$ TZ=UTC0 date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%SZ"
+2000-12-15 19:48:05Z
+$ date --iso-8601=seconds  # a GNU extension
+2000-12-15T11:48:05-0800
+$ date --rfc-822  # a GNU extension
+Fri, 15 Dec 2000 11:48:05 -0800
+$ date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %z"  # %z is a GNU extension.
+2000-12-15 11:48:05 -0800
+@end example
+
 @cindex case, ignored in dates
 @cindex comments, in dates
 Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates.  Comments may be introduced
@@ -238,13 +266,15 @@ but not both.
 @cindex time zone item
 
 A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
-by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal
+by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} or @samp{Z}
+for Coordinated Universal
 Time.  Any included periods are ignored.  By following a
 non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
 word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
 daylight saving time zone may be specified.
 
-Time zone items are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
+Time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}
+are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
 are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
 Australia than in the United States.  Instead, it's better to use
 unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as

doc/perm.texi

@@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ matter what group the user who creates them is in.
 @cindex sticky
 @cindex swap space, saving text image in
 @cindex text image, saving in swap space
-@cindex append-only directories
+@cindex restricted deletion flag
 save the program's text image on the swap device so it will load more
 quickly when run (called the @dfn{sticky bit}).  For directories on some
-systems, prevent users from removing files that they do not own in the
-directory; this is called making the directory @dfn{append-only}.
+systems, prevent users from removing or renaming a file in a directory
+unless they own the file or the directory; this is called the
+@dfn{restriction deletion flag} for the directory.
 @end enumerate
 
 @node Symbolic Modes
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ format:
 
 @noindent
 The spaces between the three parts above are shown for readability only;
-symbolic modes can not contain spaces.
+symbolic modes cannot contain spaces.
 
 The @var{users} part tells which users' access to the file is changed.
 It consists of one or more of the following letters (or it can be empty;
@@ -427,7 +428,7 @@ This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
 leading 0, as you do in C.  Mode 0055 is the same as mode 55.
 
 A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
-mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
+mode, but it is limited in that it cannot take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.
 
 On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2000-11-09.08}
+\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-11.07}
 %
 % Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
 % Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -704,20 +704,35 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
     % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
     \ifx#1l%
-      \llap{#2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
     \else
-      \rlap{\hskip\hsize\hskip\inmarginspacing#2}%
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
     \fi
     \null
   }%
 }}
 \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
 \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-\def\inmargin{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-  \ifodd\pageno
-    \let\temp=\inleftmargin
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+% 
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
   \else
-    \let\temp=\inrightmargin
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}%
   \fi
   \temp
 }
@@ -4304,6 +4319,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \gobble
 }
 
+
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
 % and narrows the margins.
 %
@@ -4326,6 +4342,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, 
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique 
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a 
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, 
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\\=12
+    \catcode`~=12
+    \catcode`^=12
+    \catcode`_=12
+    \catcode`|=12
+    \catcode`<=12
+    \catcode`>=12
+    \catcode`+=12
+    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+     % Restore active chars for included file.
+  \endgroup
+  \begingroup
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+  \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.
 

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -2260,6 +2260,24 @@ If @var{output-file} is one of the input files, @code{sort} copies
 it to a temporary file before sorting and writing the output to
 @var{output-file}.
 
+@item -S @var{size}
+@opindex -S
+@cindex size for main memory sorting
+Use a main-memory sort buffer of the given @var{size}.  By default,
+@var{size} is in units of 1,024 bytes.  Appending @samp{%} causes
+@var{size} to be interpreted as a percentage of physical memory.
+Appending @samp{k} multiplies @var{size} by 1,024 (the default),
+@samp{M} by 1,048,576, @samp{G} by 1,073,741,824, and so on for
+@samp{T}, @samp{P}, @samp{E}, @samp{Z}, and @samp{Y}.  Appending
+@samp{b} causes @var{size} to be interpreted as a byte count, with no
+multiplication.
+
+This option can improve the performance of @command{sort} by causing it
+to start with a larger or smaller sort buffer than the default.
+However, this option affects only the initial buffer size.  The buffer
+grows beyond @var{size} if @command{sort} encounters input lines larger
+than @var{size}.
+
 @item -t @var{separator}
 @opindex -t
 @cindex field separator character
@@ -2269,7 +2287,9 @@ string between a non-whitespace character and a whitespace character.
 That is, given the input line @w{@samp{ foo bar}}, @code{sort} breaks it
 into fields @w{@samp{ foo}} and @w{@samp{ bar}}.  The field separator is
 not considered to be part of either the field preceding or the field
-following.
+following.  But note that sort fields that extend to the end of the line,
+as @samp{-k 2}, or sort fields consisting of a range, as @samp{-k 2,3},
+retain the field separators present between the endpoints of the range.
 
 @item -T @var{tempdir}
 @opindex -T

lib/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,181 @@
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strtoul.c: Sync from GNU libc.  Use double quotes, not <...>
+	around included file name.
+
+	* strnlen.c (__strnlen): Merge in a change from GNU libc.
+
+	* strftime.c: Update from GNU libc (the only changes were to comments).
+
+2001-02-13  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.h (mbswidth): Also define as macro, to avoid prototype clash.
+
+2001-02-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.c, quotearg.c (mbrtowc, mbsinit):
+	Remove workaround macros for hosts that have mbrtowc but not
+	mbstate_t, as we now insist on proper declarations for both
+	before using mbrtowc.
+
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+
+2001-02-16  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/alloca.c (malloc): Undef before defining, since stdlib.h
+	may have defined it.  Needed for Encore Umax-3.0.9.16b systems.
+	Reported by Mark Hounschell via Paul Eggert.
+
+2001-01-30  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Update for FreeBSD 4.2.
+
+2001-01-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Include stddef.h.
+	* quote.c: Include stddef.h.
+	Reported by Axel Kittenberger.
+
+	* xmalloc.c [HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK]: Enclose error-evoking
+	line in double quotes so that it evokes a better diagnostic.
+	[HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK]: Likewise.
+	Reported by Axel Kittenberger.
+
+2001-01-15  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Cast the second iconv() arg,
+	to avoid a warning.  Add back 'const' to inptr.
+
+2001-01-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* basename.c: Include <stdio.h>, needed by assert on SunOS4.
+	From Bruno Haible.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rename.c: New file.  From Volker Borchert.
+	Include stdlib.h, string.h or strings.h, and xalloc.h.
+	Use strip_trailing_slashes rather than open-coding it.
+
+2001-01-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/strftime.c: Sync with glibc time/strftime.c 1.81.
+
+2001-01-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Remove `const' from declaration of
+	local `inptr' to avoid warning with some system declarations of iconv.
+
+2000-12-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/modechange.c: Do not assume that mode_t uses the
+	traditional octal encoding.  E.g. "chmod 1 FOO" should set
+	the other-execute bit of FOO even if S_IXOTH != 1.
+
+	(SUID, SGID, SVTX, RUSR, WUSR, XUSR, RGRP, WGRP, XGRP, ROTH,
+	WOTH, XOTH, ALLM): New macros.
+	(S_ISUID, S_ISGID, S_ISVTX, S_IRUSR, S_IWUSR, S_IXUSR,
+	 S_IRGRP, S_IWGRP, S_IXGRP, S_IROTH, S_IWOTH, S_IXOTH):
+	Use them.
+	(S_ISGID): Fix typo; it was defaulting to the same value as S_ISUID.
+	(S_IRWXU, S_IRWXG, S_IRWXO): Specify defaults in terms of the above.
+	(mode_compile):
+	No need to use uintmax_t; unsigned long is long enough.
+	Don't bother to get suffix since we don't use it.
+
+2000-12-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hash.c (is_prime): Return explicit boolean values.
+	(hash_get_first): Return NULL to appease Irix5.6's 89.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (locale_charset): Add support for Win32.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* physmem.h, physmem.c: New files.
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add physmem.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add physmem.h.
+
+	* xstrtol.c (__xstrtol): Add undocumented suffixes 'g' and
+	't' for compatibility with Solaris 8 sort.
+
+2000-12-18  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add support for BeOS.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c [!SHELLS_FILE && __DJGPP__]: Define
+	SHELLS_FILE to a file name that's useful on djgpp systems.
+	Include stdlib.h.
+	(ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS): Define.
+	(default_shells): Prepend ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS.
+	Based mostly on a patch from Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	This bug had a serious impact on chown: `chown N:M FILE' (for integer
+	N and M) would have treated it like `chown N:N FILE'.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Fix typo: s/u/g/.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add ISO-8859-3, BIG5HKSCS, GB18030, JOHAB, VISCII,
+	CP874, CP949, CP950, CP1250, CP1253, CP1254, CP1255, CP1256, CP1257
+	to the list of canonical encodings. Rename EUC-CN to GB2312.
+
+2000-12-08  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
+
+	* mbswidth.c (mbsnwidth): Don't loop endlessly when called with an
+	invalid mulitbyte sequence and with the MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID flag set.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* stripslash.c (ISSLASH): Define.
+	(strip_trailing_slashes): Use ISSLASH rather than comparing against `/'.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+	* dirname.c (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN): Define.
+	(dir_name_r): Declare this function as static.
+	[BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR]: Fix a bug that'd
+	manifest itself on a name containing a mix of slashes and
+	backslashes.
+	Make this function work with names starting with a DOS-style
+	drive letter and colon prefix.
+	(dir_name): Append `.' if necessary.
+	Based mostly on patches from Prashant TR and Eli Zaretskii.
+
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Remove prototype.
+
+2000-12-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): Add `const' in a few local declarations.
+
+2000-12-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* path-concat.c: [!HAVE_DECL_MALLOC]: Declare malloc.
+	Also include memory.h, stdlib.h, unistd.h if appropriate.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger (conflicting declaration of malloc).
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.h: Make idempotent, to avoid some obscure warnings.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/memrchr.c: Include <config.h> before any system include file.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/dirname.c (dir_name_r): Fix typo: int -> size_t.
+
 2000-11-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* memcoll.c: Include sys/types.h.  From Werner Almesberger.

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
   makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
-  path-concat.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
   quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
   savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
@@ -29,7 +29,8 @@ noinst_HEADERS = \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
   linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
   makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
   readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
   strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
 # Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
 # Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
   makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
-  path-concat.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
   quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
   savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
@@ -146,7 +146,8 @@ noinst_HEADERS = \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
   linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
   makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
   readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
   strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
@@ -180,11 +181,12 @@ diacrit$U.o dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o \
 getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o getstr$U.o getugroups$U.o hard-locale$U.o \
 hash$U.o human$U.o idcache$U.o isdir$U.o linebuffer$U.o \
 localcharset$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o mbswidth$U.o md5$U.o \
-memcasecmp$U.o memcoll$U.o modechange$U.o path-concat$U.o quote$U.o \
-quotearg$U.o readtokens$U.o safe-read$U.o same$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
-savedir$U.o sha$U.o stripslash$U.o unicodeio$U.o userspec$U.o \
-version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xgethostname$U.o xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o \
-xstrtod$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o yesno$U.o
+memcasecmp$U.o memcoll$U.o modechange$U.o path-concat$U.o physmem$U.o \
+quote$U.o quotearg$U.o readtokens$U.o safe-read$U.o same$U.o \
+save-cwd$U.o savedir$U.o sha$U.o stripslash$U.o unicodeio$U.o \
+userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xgethostname$U.o xmalloc$U.o \
+xstrdup$U.o xstrtod$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o \
+yesno$U.o
 libfetish_a_OBJECTS =  $(am_libfetish_a_OBJECTS)
 AR = ar
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
@@ -217,9 +219,10 @@ $(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcoll$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po $(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/memset.Po $(DEPDIR)/mktime.Po $(DEPDIR)/modechange$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/mountlist.Po $(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readtokens$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/physmem$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readtokens$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po $(DEPDIR)/rename.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/rmdir.Po $(DEPDIR)/rpmatch.Po $(DEPDIR)/safe-read$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/same$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/save-cwd$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/savedir$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/sha$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/stat.Po $(DEPDIR)/stime.Po \
@@ -240,10 +243,10 @@ error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
 getdate.c getgroups.c gethostname.c getline.c getloadavg.c getpass.c \
 getusershell.c group-member.c lchown.c malloc.c memchr.c memcmp.c \
 memcpy.c memmove.c memrchr.c memset.c mktime.c mountlist.c nanosleep.c \
-obstack.c obstack.h putenv.c readutmp.c realloc.c regex.c rmdir.c \
-rpmatch.c stime.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strdup.c strftime.c \
-strncasecmp.c strndup.c strnlen.c strpbrk.c strstr.c strtod.c strtol.c \
-strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c
+obstack.c obstack.h putenv.c readutmp.c realloc.c regex.c rename.c \
+rmdir.c rpmatch.c stime.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strdup.c \
+strftime.c strncasecmp.c strndup.c strnlen.c strpbrk.c strstr.c \
+strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c
 
 
 DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
@@ -254,7 +257,7 @@ OBJECTS = $(am_libfetish_a_OBJECTS)
 
 all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .sed .sin .y
+.SUFFIXES: .sed .sin .c .o .y
 $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
@@ -387,6 +390,8 @@ localcharset_.c: localcharset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/localcharset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/localcharset.c; else echo localcharset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > localcharset_.c
 long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
+lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
 makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
 malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -423,6 +428,8 @@ obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
 path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
+physmem_.c: physmem.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/physmem.c; then echo $(srcdir)/physmem.c; else echo physmem.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > physmem_.c
 posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
 putenv_.c: putenv.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -439,6 +446,8 @@ realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
 regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
+rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
 rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
 rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -453,6 +462,8 @@ savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
 sha_.c: sha.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/sha.c; then echo $(srcdir)/sha.c; else echo sha.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > sha_.c
+stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
 stime_.c: stime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stime.c; else echo stime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stime_.c
 stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -522,19 +533,19 @@ fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
 getgroups_.o gethostname_.o getline_.o getloadavg_.o getopt_.o \
 getopt1_.o getpass_.o getstr_.o getugroups_.o getusershell_.o \
 group-member_.o hard-locale_.o hash_.o human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o \
-lchown_.o linebuffer_.o localcharset_.o long-options_.o makepath_.o \
-malloc_.o mbswidth_.o md5_.o memcasecmp_.o memchr_.o memcmp_.o \
-memcoll_.o memcpy_.o memmove_.o memrchr_.o memset_.o mktime_.o \
-modechange_.o mountlist_.o nanosleep_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o \
-posixtm_.o putenv_.o quote_.o quotearg_.o readtokens_.o readutmp_.o \
-realloc_.o regex_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o safe-read_.o same_.o \
-save-cwd_.o savedir_.o sha_.o stime_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
-strcspn_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o \
-strndup_.o strnlen_.o strpbrk_.o strstr_.o strtod_.o strtol_.o \
-strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o unicodeio_.o \
-userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o xgetcwd_.o xgethostname_.o \
-xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtod_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o xstrtoumax_.o \
-yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
+lchown_.o linebuffer_.o localcharset_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
+makepath_.o malloc_.o mbswidth_.o md5_.o memcasecmp_.o memchr_.o \
+memcmp_.o memcoll_.o memcpy_.o memmove_.o memrchr_.o memset_.o \
+mktime_.o modechange_.o mountlist_.o nanosleep_.o obstack_.o \
+path-concat_.o physmem_.o posixtm_.o putenv_.o quote_.o quotearg_.o \
+readtokens_.o readutmp_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o \
+rpmatch_.o safe-read_.o same_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o sha_.o stat_.o \
+stime_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strcspn_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o \
+stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strnlen_.o strpbrk_.o strstr_.o \
+strtod_.o strtol_.o strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o \
+unicodeio_.o userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o xgetcwd_.o \
+xgethostname_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtod_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o \
+xstrtoumax_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
 .y.c:
 	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
 	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
@@ -566,6 +577,11 @@ TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
 	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
 	  || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP)
 
+GTAGS:
+	here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $$here
+
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
 clean-tags:
@@ -637,6 +653,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/physmem$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po
@@ -645,6 +662,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/rename.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/rmdir.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/rpmatch.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/safe-read$U.Po
@@ -725,6 +743,9 @@ check-am: all-am
 check: check-am
 installcheck-am:
 installcheck: installcheck-am
+all-recursive-am: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
 install-exec-am: install-exec-local
 install-exec: install-exec-am
 
@@ -789,12 +810,12 @@ maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
 maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
 maintainer-clean-tags mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend clean-depend \
 maintainer-clean-depend distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
-installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-local install-exec-am \
-install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
-uninstall-local uninstall-am uninstall all-local all-redirect all-am \
-all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
-clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
-maintainer-clean
+installcheck-am installcheck all-recursive-am install-exec-local \
+install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am \
+install uninstall-local uninstall-am uninstall all-local all-redirect \
+all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 lstat.c: xstat.in
 	sed \

lib/alloca.c

@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ typedef char *pointer;
    Callers below should use malloc.  */
 
 #  ifndef emacs
+#   undef malloc
 #   define malloc xmalloc
 #  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
 #ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN

lib/closeout.h

@@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
 void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
 void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
+
+#endif

lib/config.charset

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
 #
-#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 #   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 #   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 #   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
 #   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
 #   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
 #   ISO-8859-4                solaris                                   yes
 #   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
 #   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
@@ -41,28 +42,41 @@
 #   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
 #   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
 #   ISO-8859-13               glibc
-#   ISO-8859-15               aix solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix solaris freebsd
 #   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
 #   KOI8-U                    glibc                                     yes
 #   CP850                     aix osf
 #   CP856                     aix
 #   CP866                     freebsd
+#   CP874                     win32
 #   CP922                     aix
-#   CP932                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32
 #   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     win32
+#   CP950                     win32
 #   CP1046                    aix
 #   CP1124                    aix
 #   CP1129                    aix
-#   CP1251                    glibc
-#   CP1252                    aix
-#   EUC-CN                    aix hpux irix solaris
-#   EUC-JP                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
-#   EUC-KR                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
-#   EUC-TW                    aix hpux irix solaris
-#   BIG5                      aix hpux solaris                          yes
-#   GBK                       aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix win32
+#   GB18030                   glibc
 #   SJIS                      hpux solaris
-#   TIS-620                   aix hpux solaris
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
 #   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
 #   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
 #   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
@@ -117,7 +131,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
 	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
 	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
-	echo "IBM-eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -146,7 +160,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "hp15CN EUC-CN"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
 	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
 	echo "SJIS SJIS"
 	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
@@ -157,7 +171,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
 	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
 	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -181,7 +195,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
 	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
 	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "gb2312 EUC-CN"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
 	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
 	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
@@ -191,26 +205,42 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
 	;;
     freebsd*)
-	# FreeBSD 3.3 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
 	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
 	# from the environment variables.
 	echo "C ASCII"
 	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
-	for l in lt_LN; do
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
 	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
 	done
 	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
-                 fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT lt_LN \
-                 nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+                 fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+                 lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
 	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
 	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
 	done
-	for l in hr_HR hu_HU lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
 	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
 	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
 	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
 	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
 	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
 	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "C UTF-8"
 	;;
 esac

lib/dirname.c

@@ -43,26 +43,32 @@ void *memrchr ();
 
 #include "dirname.h"
 
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif
+
 #ifndef ISSLASH
 # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif
 
 #define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')
 
-/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT
-   to point to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate.
-   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
-   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
-size_t
-dir_name_r (const char *path, const char **result)
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT to point
+   to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).
+   WARNING: This function doesn't work for cwd-relative names like
+   `a:foo' that are specified with a drive-letter prefix.  That case
+   is handled in the caller.  */
+static size_t
+dir_name_r (char const *path, char const **result)
 {
-  char *slash;
-  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
+  char const *slash;
+  size_t length;		/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
 
   slash = strrchr (path, '/');
   if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
     {
-      char *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
+      char const *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
       if (b && slash < b)
 	slash = b;
     }
@@ -78,10 +84,11 @@ dir_name_r (const char *path, const char **result)
 
       if (path < slash)
 	{
-	  slash = memrchr (path, '/', slash - path);
+	  size_t len = slash - path;
+	  slash = memrchr (path, '/', len);
 	  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
 	    {
-	      char *b = memrchr (path, '\\', slash - path);
+	      char const *b = memrchr (path, '\\', len);
 	      if (b && slash < b)
 		slash = b;
 	    }
@@ -91,27 +98,23 @@ dir_name_r (const char *path, const char **result)
   if (slash == 0)
     {
       /* File is in the current directory.  */
-      path = ".";
-      length = 1;
+
+      length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+
+      if (length == 0)
+	{
+	  path = ".";
+	  length = 1;
+	}
     }
   else
     {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-      if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	{
-	  const char *lim = ((path[0] >= 'A' && path[0] <= 'z'
-			      && path[1] == ':')
-			     ? path + 2 : path);
+      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  If we have a
+	 canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
+      char const *lim = path + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
 
-	  /* If canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
-	  while (slash > lim && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	    --slash;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  while (slash > path && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	    --slash;
-	}
+      while (lim < slash && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	--slash;
 
       length = slash - path + 1;
     }
@@ -126,14 +129,18 @@ dir_name_r (const char *path, const char **result)
    (by effectively ignoring them).  */
 
 char *
-dir_name (const char *path)
+dir_name (char const *path)
 {
-  const char *result;
+  char const *result;
   size_t length = dir_name_r (path, &result);
-  char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
+  int append_dot = (length && length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (newpath));
+  char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
   if (newpath == 0)
     return 0;
   strncpy (newpath, result, length);
+  /* If PATH is "d:foo", return "d:.", the CWD on drive d:  */
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
   newpath[length] = 0;
   return newpath;
 }
@@ -170,7 +177,7 @@ main ()
     {
       char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
       char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
-      char *result;
+      char const *result;
       sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
       result = dir_name (path);
       if (strcmp (result, expected_result))

lib/dirname.h

@@ -28,7 +28,4 @@
 char *
 dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
 
-size_t
-dir_name_r PARAMS ((const char *path, const char **result));
-
 #endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -22,11 +22,19 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef SHELLS_FILE
+# ifndef __DJGPP__
 /* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
-# define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# else
+/* This is a horrible kludge.  Isn't there a better way?  */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/dev/env/DJDIR/etc/shells"
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include "xalloc.h"
 
@@ -40,9 +48,17 @@
 
 static int readname ();
 
+#if ! defined ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS && defined __MSDOS__
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS \
+  "c:/dos/command.com", "c:/windows/command.com", "c:/command.com",
+#else
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS /* empty */
+#endif
+
 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
 static char const* const default_shells[] =
 {
+  ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS
   "/bin/sh", "/bin/csh", "/usr/bin/sh", "/usr/bin/csh", NULL
 };
 

lib/hash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -263,6 +263,7 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
       return bucket->data;
 
   assert (0);
+  return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
@@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
       divisor++;
     }
 
-  return candidate % divisor != 0;
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
 }
 
 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that

lib/localcharset.c

@@ -37,12 +37,22 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-#  include <locale.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
 # endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
@@ -73,6 +83,7 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
   cp = charset_aliases;
   if (cp == NULL)
     {
+#ifndef WIN32
       FILE *fp;
       const char *dir = LIBDIR;
       const char *base = "charset.alias";
@@ -157,9 +168,20 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
 	    }
 	}
 
-      charset_aliases = cp;
       if (file_name != NULL)
 	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
     }
 
   return cp;
@@ -180,19 +202,21 @@ locale_charset ()
   const char *codeset;
   const char *aliases;
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
 
   /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
   codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
 
-#else
+# else
 
   /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale and getenv.  */
   const char *locale = NULL;
 
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
   locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
+#  endif
   if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
     {
       locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
@@ -209,6 +233,16 @@ locale_charset ()
      through the charset.alias file.  */
   codeset = locale;
 
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
 #endif
 
   if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] != '\0')

lib/mbswidth.c

@@ -51,12 +51,6 @@
 # define iswprint(wc) 1
 #endif
 
-/* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t.  */
-#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && defined mbstate_t
-# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
-# define mbsinit(ps) 1
-#endif
-
 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
 "this configure-time declaration test was not run"
 #endif
@@ -153,7 +147,11 @@ mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
 		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
 		      {
 			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
-			  break;
+			  {
+			    p++;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
 			else
 			  return -1;
 		      }
@@ -162,7 +160,11 @@ mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
 		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
 		      {
 			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
-			  break;
+			  {
+			    p = plimit;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
 			else
 			  return -1;
 		      }

lib/mbswidth.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
-   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 #define MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE	2
 
 /* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
 extern int mbswidth PARAMS ((const char *string, int flags));
 
 /* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes

lib/md5.h

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
 /* The following is from gnupg-1.0.2's cipher/bithelp.h.  */
 /* Rotate a 32 bit integer by n bytes */
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __i386__
 static inline md5_uint32
 rol(md5_uint32 x, int n)
 {

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -21,12 +21,12 @@
    write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
    Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
 #undef __ptr_t
 #if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
 # define __ptr_t void *

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,50 +50,65 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
+/* The traditional octal values corresponding to each mode bit.  */
+#define SUID 04000
+#define SGID 02000
+#define SVTX 01000
+#define RUSR 00400
+#define WUSR 00200
+#define XUSR 00100
+#define RGRP 00040
+#define WGRP 00020
+#define XGRP 00010
+#define ROTH 00004
+#define WOTH 00002
+#define XOTH 00001
+#define ALLM 07777 /* all octal mode bits */
+
 #ifndef S_ISUID
-# define S_ISUID 04000
+# define S_ISUID SUID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISGID
-# define S_ISGID 04000
+# define S_ISGID SGID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISVTX
-# define S_ISVTX 01000
+# define S_ISVTX SVTX
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRUSR
-# define S_IRUSR 0400
+# define S_IRUSR RUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
-# define S_IWUSR 0200
+# define S_IWUSR WUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
-# define S_IXUSR 0100
+# define S_IXUSR XUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRGRP
-# define S_IRGRP 0040
+# define S_IRGRP RGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWGRP
-# define S_IWGRP 0020
+# define S_IWGRP WGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0010
+# define S_IXGRP XGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IROTH
-# define S_IROTH 0004
+# define S_IROTH ROTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWOTH
-# define S_IWOTH 0002
+# define S_IWOTH WOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0001
+# define S_IXOTH XOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
 #endif
 
 /* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
@@ -157,8 +172,7 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
   struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
   struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  uintmax_t mode_value;		/* The mode value, if octal.  */
-  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
+  unsigned long octal_value;	/* The mode value, if octal.  */
   mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
 
   head = NULL;
@@ -166,12 +180,34 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
   tail = NULL;
 #endif
 
-  if (xstrtoumax (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
+  if (xstrtoul (mode_string, NULL, 8, &octal_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
     {
       struct mode_change *p;
-      if (mode_value != (mode_value & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
+      mode_t mode;
+      if (octal_value != (octal_value & ALLM))
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
+
+      /* Help the compiler optimize the usual case where mode_t uses
+	 the traditional octal representation.  */
+      mode = ((S_ISUID == SUID && S_ISGID == SGID && S_ISVTX == SVTX
+	       && S_IRUSR == RUSR && S_IWUSR == WUSR && S_IXUSR == XUSR
+	       && S_IRGRP == RGRP && S_IWGRP == WGRP && S_IXGRP == XGRP
+	       && S_IROTH == ROTH && S_IWOTH == WOTH && S_IXOTH == XOTH)
+	      ? octal_value
+	      : ((octal_value & SUID ? S_ISUID : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & SGID ? S_ISGID : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & SVTX ? S_ISVTX : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & RUSR ? S_IRUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WUSR ? S_IWUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XUSR ? S_IXUSR : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & RGRP ? S_IRGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WGRP ? S_IWGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XGRP ? S_IXGRP : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & ROTH ? S_IROTH : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & WOTH ? S_IWOTH : 0)
+		 | (octal_value & XOTH ? S_IXOTH : 0)));
+
+      p = make_node_op_equals (mode);
       if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
       mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
@@ -393,7 +429,7 @@ mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 
 	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
 	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
-	     This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
+	     This cannot be done in mode_compile because the value
 	     to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
 	     on the old mode of each file. */
 	  value &= changes->affected;

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -26,12 +26,31 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
 
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
 #ifndef strdup
 char *strdup ();
 #endif

lib/physmem.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Calculate the size of physical memory.
+   Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "physmem.h"
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return the total amount of physical memory.  */
+double
+physmem_total (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_PHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_PHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 64 MB.  It's probably an older host, so guess small.  */
+  return 64 * 1024 * 1024;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of physical memory available.  */
+double
+physmem_available (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 25% of physical memory.  */
+  return physmem_total () / 4;
+}

lib/physmem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef PHYSMEM_H_
+# define PHYSMEM_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+double physmem_total PARAMS ((void));
+double physmem_available PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* PHYSMEM_H_ */

lib/quote.c

@@ -4,6 +4,9 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <quotearg.h>
 #include <quote.h>

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,6 +21,9 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <quotearg.h>
 #include <xalloc.h>
@@ -63,13 +66,7 @@
 # include <wchar.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
-size_t mbrtowc ();
-# ifdef mbstate_t
-#  define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
-#  define mbsinit(ps) 1
-# endif
-#else
+#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
 /* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
    other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
    syntax.  */

lib/rename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby rename fails when the source
+   path has a trailing slash.  The rename from SunOS 4.1.1_U1 has this bug.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Volker Borchert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
+void free ();
+#endif
+
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+
+/* Rename the file SRC_PATH to DST_PATH, removing any trailing
+   slashes from SRC_PATH.  Needed for SunOS 4.1.1_U1.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rename (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path)
+{
+  char *src_temp;
+  int ret_val;
+  size_t s_len = strlen (src_path);
+
+  if (s_len && src_path[s_len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      src_temp = xstrdup (src_path);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
+    }
+  else
+    src_temp = (char *) src_path;
+
+  ret_val = rename (src_temp, dst_path);
+
+  if (src_temp != src_path)
+    free (src_temp);
+
+  return ret_val;
+}

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
    Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ static const CHAR_T zeroes[16] = /* "0000000000000000" */
 	 else if (to_uppcase)						      \
 	   memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
 	 else								      \
-	   MEMCPY ((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), _n))
+	   MEMCPY ((PTR) p, (const PTR) (s), _n))
 
 #ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
 # define widen(os, ws, l) \
@@ -793,10 +793,11 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == 'E'
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-							NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						     NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
 		     != '\0')))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -887,10 +888,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-						       NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
 		     != L_('\0'))))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
 	  goto subformat;
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -1067,14 +1068,15 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
 #endif
 
-	case L_('R'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	case L_('R'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
 	  subfmt = L_("%H:%M");
 	  goto subformat;
 
 	case L_('r'):		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-	  if (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-						 NLW(T_FMT_AMPM))) == L_('\0'))
+	  if (*(subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						       NLW(T_FMT_AMPM)))
+	      == L_('\0'))
 #endif
 	    subfmt = L_("%I:%M:%S %p");
 	  goto subformat;
@@ -1129,10 +1131,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	    goto bad_format;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
 	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
-		 && (*(subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-							NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
 		     != L_('\0'))))
-	    subfmt = (CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
 	  goto subformat;
 #else
 # if HAVE_STRFTIME
@@ -1159,8 +1161,8 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - tp->tm_wday + 7) / 7);
 
 	case L_('V'):
-	case L_('g'):		/* GNU extension.  */
-	case L_('G'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	case L_('g'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
+	case L_('G'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
 	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
 	    goto bad_format;
 	  {
@@ -1284,7 +1286,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 #endif
 	  break;
 
-	case L_('z'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	case L_('z'):		/* ISO C99 extension.  */
 	  if (tp->tm_isdst < 0)
 	    break;
 

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -19,12 +19,16 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
 /* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
    This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
    adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
@@ -37,6 +41,6 @@ strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
   int last;
 
   last = strlen (path) - 1;
-  while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
+  while (0 < last && ISSLASH (path[last]))
     path[last--] = '\0';
 }

lib/strnlen.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ size_t
 __strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
 {
   const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
-  return end ? end - string : maxlen;
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
 }
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)

lib/strtoul.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
 Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #define UNSIGNED	1
 
-#include <strtol.c>
+#include "strtol.c"

lib/unicodeio.c

@@ -170,7 +170,9 @@ print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code)
       outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
 
       /* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
+      res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
+		   (ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
+		   &outptr, &outbytesleft);
       if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
 	  /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert. */
 # if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)

lib/userspec.c

@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ is_number (const char *str)
    use the given user's login group.
    If SPEC_ARG contains a `:', then use that as the separator, ignoring
    any `.'s.  If there is no `:', but there is a `.', then first look
-   up SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then try again
-   interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
+   up the entire SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then
+   try again interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
 
    USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
    Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 	  else
 	    {
 	      unsigned long int tmp_long;
-	      if (xstrtoul (u, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
+	      if (xstrtoul (g, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
 		  || tmp_long > MAXGID)
 		return _(E_invalid_group);
 	      *gid = tmp_long;

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ void free ();
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
-you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
-you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
+"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
 #endif
 
 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'G': /* Giga */
+	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
 	  break;
 
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'M': /* Mega */
-	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for backward compatibility only */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
 	  break;
 
@@ -216,6 +217,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'T': /* Tera */
+	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
 	  break;
 

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,154 @@
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Don't check for
+	getmntent via AC_CHECK_FUNCS, since that would get a `no' and disrupt
+	further attempts by AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT to check with e.g., -lgen on
+	UnixWare 7.1.1.
+
+	* mbrtowc.m4 (jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC): Adapt to use AC_CACHE_CHECK etc.,
+	rather than AC_CACHE_VAL.
+
+2001-02-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbrtowc.m4: New file, defining jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC.
+	* mbswidth.m4 (jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH):
+	Use jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC, not AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mbrtowc).
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): Likewise.
+
+2001-02-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4 (jm_INCLUDED_REGEX): Add a test for the latest bug.
+
+2001-02-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4: Require autoconf-2.14d (not yet released), because
+	it includes the patch required for `large file' support with at least
+	HP-UX's 10.20 /bin/cc.
+
+2001-02-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Restore prior use of
+	AS_IF, now that it works once again (mysteriously).
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Don't use filenames that are 8.3-equivalent to "conftest" on DOS.
+	* chown.m4: Rename conftestchown to conftest.chown.
+	* rename.m4: s/conftestdir/conftest.d1/ and s/conftestdir2/conftest.d2/.
+	* utimes.m4: s/conftestdata/conftest.data/
+	Inspired by Pavel Roskin's change in autoconf.
+
+2001-01-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Open-code what was
+	a use of AS_IF.
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): Check for stddef.h, now that
+	quotearg.c includes it.
+
+2001-01-15  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* iconv.m4 (jm_ICONV): Also check whether the iconv declaration
+	has const.
+
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Be sure that headers are checked before used in code compiled
+	for the type checks.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove all header checks.
+	In place of that, invoke jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	(jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS): New functions with the above checks.
+	(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES): Require jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS.
+	Alan Iwi reported a build failure on an f300-fujitsu-uxpv4.1_ES;
+	The check for ssize_t was mistakenly run before the test for unistd.h.
+
+	The configure-time check for stdbool.h was missing.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_HASH.
+	(jm_PREREQ_HASH): New function.
+
+2001-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4 (jm_FILE_SYSTEM_USAGE): Use AS_IF, not AS_IFELSE,
+	for autoconf-2.49c.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4 (jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rename.m4: Use temporary directories named conftestdir{,2}, not
+	foo and bar.  Create conftestdir/ in the script, not in the C code.
+	Remove directories in the script, not in the C code.
+	Remove conftestdir{,2} before trying to create the directory.
+	Make the entire configure script fail if the mkdir fails.
+
+2001-01-02  Volker Borchert  <bt@teknon.de>
+
+	* rename.m4: New file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require vb_FUNC_RENAME.
+
+2001-01-01  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* libintl.m4 (AM_GNU_GETTEXT): Define MKINSTALLDIRS by
+	expanding the value of $ac_aux_dir, as in AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN,
+	so `make install' also works in VPATH builds.
+
+2001-01-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_READUTMP): Include utmp.h (if available), even
+	on systems with utmpx.h.  It's necessary for the declaration of utmp's
+	ut_user member.  Reported by Andreas Jaeger.
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Include grp.h and pwd.h if available.
+	They are required for the declarations of getgrgid and getpwuid resp.
+	(_jm_DECL_HEADERS): Check for grp.h and pwd.h.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger.
+
+2000-12-25  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* libintl.m4 (AM_WITH_NLS): When using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR,
+	prepend $(top_srcdir) to the value of MKINSTALLDIRS so that it
+	can be used in subdirectories.
+
+2000-12-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): Rewrite (though it's still a stub) to work better
+	with autoheader.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): New file and macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require jm_AC_DOS.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4: Remove this file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove jm_SYS_OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT.
+
+2000-12-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstrtoumax.m4 (jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX): If we need the replacement
+	strtoull, we may well need the replacement strtoul, too.
+	Check for declarations of strtoul and strtoull.
+	Check for strtol.  Mainly as a cue to cause automake to include
+	strtol.c -- that file is included by each of strtoul.c and strtoull.c.
+	Check for limits.h -- strtol.c needs it.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4 (OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING): New file/macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): require it.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Check for stdint.h.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4: s/ifval/m4_ifval/ to accommodate new autoconf.
+
 2000-11-03  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
 
 	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Add test for wcrtomb.
@@ -48,7 +199,7 @@
 
 2000-08-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
 
-	* m4/mbstate_t.m4 (AC_MBSTATE_T): Define mbstate_t to be int,
+	* mbstate_t.m4 (AC_MBSTATE_T): Define mbstate_t to be int,
 	not char, for compatibility with glibc 2.1.3 strftime.c.
 
 2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
 fpending.m4 \
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ link-follow.m4 \
 ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
 lstat.m4 \
 malloc.m4 \
+mbrtowc.m4 \
 mbstate_t.m4 \
 mbswidth.m4 \
 memcmp.m4 \
@@ -51,6 +53,7 @@ putenv.m4 \
 readdir.m4 \
 realloc.m4 \
 regex.m4 \
+rename.m4 \
 rmdir-errno.m4 \
 search-libs.m4 \
 st_dm_mode.m4 \

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
 # Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
 # Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -126,6 +126,7 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
 fpending.m4 \
@@ -155,6 +156,7 @@ link-follow.m4 \
 ls-mntd-fs.m4 \
 lstat.m4 \
 malloc.m4 \
+mbrtowc.m4 \
 mbstate_t.m4 \
 mbswidth.m4 \
 memcmp.m4 \
@@ -166,6 +168,7 @@ putenv.m4 \
 readdir.m4 \
 realloc.m4 \
 regex.m4 \
+rename.m4 \
 rmdir-errno.m4 \
 search-libs.m4 \
 st_dm_mode.m4 \

m4/README

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ and textutils packages.
 
 These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
 package).  aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
-used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in
+used by autoconf to create the configure script at the top level in
 this distribution.
 
 The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated

m4/check-decl.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 16
+#serial 17
 
 dnl This is just a wrapper function to encapsulate this kludge.
 dnl Putting it in a separate file like this helps share it between
@@ -41,6 +41,14 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLS,
 #if HAVE_UTMP_H
 # include <utmp.h>
 #endif
+
+#if HAVE_GRP_H
+# include <grp.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_PWD_H
+# include <pwd.h>
+#endif
 '
 
   AC_CHECK_DECLS([
@@ -72,6 +80,6 @@ dnl This is a little helper so we can require these header checks.
 AC_DEFUN(_jm_DECL_HEADERS,
 [
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(memory.h string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h sys/time.h \
-                   utmp.h utmpx.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(grp.h memory.h pwd.h string.h strings.h stdlib.h \
+                   unistd.h sys/time.h utmp.h utmpx.h)
 ])

m4/chown.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 5
+#serial 6
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl Determine whether chown accepts arguments of -1 for uid and gid.
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_CHOWN,
     int
     main ()
     {
-      char *f = "conftestchown";
+      char *f = "conftest.chown";
       struct stat before, after;
 
       if (creat (f, 0600) < 0)

m4/dos.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# serial 2
+
+# Define some macros required for proper operation of code in lib/*.c
+# on MSDOS/Windows systems.
+
+# From Jim Meyering.
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_DOS,
+  [
+    # FIXME: this is incomplete.  Add a compile-test that does something
+    # like this:
+    #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __MSDOS__
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN,
+    [#if FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+  ((Filename)[0] && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+else
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif])
+
+    ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=0
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX],
+      $ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix,
+      [Define on systems for which file names may have a so-called
+       `drive letter' prefix, define this to compute the length of that
+       prefix, including the colon.])
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(ISSLASH,
+    [#if FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\\\')
+#else
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif])
+
+    ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=0
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR],
+      $ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator,
+      [Define if the backslash character may also serve as a file name
+       component separator.])
+  ])

m4/fsusage.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 4
+#serial 7
 
 # From fileutils/configure.in
 
@@ -179,14 +179,15 @@ if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
 fi
 
 if test $ac_fsusage_space = no; then
-# SVR2
-AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>],
-  AC_DEFINE(STAT_READ_FILSYS, 1,
-[  Define if there is no specific function for reading filesystems usage
-   information and you have the <sys/filsys.h> header file.  (SVR2)])
-  ac_fsusage_space=yes)
+  # SVR2
+  AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>
+    ],
+    AC_DEFINE(STAT_READ_FILSYS, 1,
+      [Define if there is no specific function for reading filesystems usage
+       information and you have the <sys/filsys.h> header file.  (SVR2)])
+    ac_fsusage_space=yes)
 fi
 
-AS_IFELSE([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])dnl
+AS_IF([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])
 
 ])

m4/getloadavg.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 7
+#serial 8
 
 # A replacement for autoconf's macro by the same name.  This version
 # accepts an optional argument specifying the name of the $srcdir-relative
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG],
 # By default, expect to find getloadavg.c in $srcdir/.
 ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir
 # But if there's an argument, DIR, expect to find getloadavg.c in $srcdir/DIR.
-ifval([$1], [ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir/$1])
+m4_ifval([$1], [ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir/$1])
 # Make sure getloadavg.c is where it belongs, at ./configure-time.
 test -f $ac_lib_dir_getloadavg/getloadavg.c \
   || AC_MSG_ERROR([getloadavg.c is not in $ac_lib_dir_getloadavg])

m4/iconv.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 1
+#serial 2
 
 dnl From Bruno Haible.
 
@@ -30,6 +30,27 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_ICONV,
   ])
   if test "$jm_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_proto_iconv, [
+      AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t* outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+      jm_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t* outbytesleft);"])
+    jm_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]jm_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+         }[$]jm_cv_proto_iconv)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $jm_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+      [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
   fi
   LIBICONV=
   if test "$jm_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then

m4/jm-macros.m4

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-#serial 27
+#serial 32   -*- autoconf -*-
 
 dnl Misc type-related macros for fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
 [
-  AC_PREREQ(2.14a)
+  AC_PREREQ(2.14d)
 
   GNU_PACKAGE="GNU $PACKAGE"
   AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GNU_PACKAGE, "$GNU_PACKAGE",
@@ -19,44 +19,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   dnl This macro actually runs replacement code.  See isc-posix.m4.
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
 
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
-    errno.h  \
-    fcntl.h \
-    fenv.h \
-    float.h \
-    limits.h \
-    memory.h \
-    mntent.h \
-    mnttab.h \
-    netdb.h \
-    paths.h \
-    stdlib.h \
-    stddef.h \
-    string.h \
-    sys/acl.h \
-    sys/filsys.h \
-    sys/fs/s5param.h \
-    sys/fs_types.h \
-    sys/fstyp.h \
-    sys/ioctl.h \
-    sys/mntent.h \
-    sys/mount.h \
-    sys/param.h \
-    sys/socket.h \
-    sys/statfs.h \
-    sys/statvfs.h \
-    sys/systeminfo.h \
-    sys/time.h \
-    sys/timeb.h \
-    sys/vfs.h \
-    sys/wait.h \
-    syslog.h \
-    termios.h \
-    unistd.h \
-    utime.h \
-    values.h \
-  )
-
+  jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES
   jm_INCLUDED_REGEX([lib/regex.c])
 
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_BISON])
@@ -102,6 +65,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG([lib])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_SYS_PROC_UPTIME])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_FUNC_FTRUNCATE])
+  AC_REQUIRE([vb_FUNC_RENAME])
 
   AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strcasecmp strncasecmp)
   AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(dup2)
@@ -222,9 +186,55 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
     AC_LIBOBJ(fsusage)
     AC_LIBOBJ(mountlist)
   fi
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_DOS])
 
 ])
 
+# These tests must be run before any use of AC_CHECK_TYPE,
+# because that macro compiles code that tests e.g., HAVE_UNISTD_H.
+# See the definition of ac_includes_default in `configure'.
+AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+    errno.h  \
+    fcntl.h \
+    fenv.h \
+    float.h \
+    limits.h \
+    memory.h \
+    mntent.h \
+    mnttab.h \
+    netdb.h \
+    paths.h \
+    stdlib.h \
+    stddef.h \
+    stdint.h \
+    string.h \
+    sys/acl.h \
+    sys/filsys.h \
+    sys/fs/s5param.h \
+    sys/fs_types.h \
+    sys/fstyp.h \
+    sys/ioctl.h \
+    sys/mntent.h \
+    sys/mount.h \
+    sys/param.h \
+    sys/socket.h \
+    sys/statfs.h \
+    sys/statvfs.h \
+    sys/systeminfo.h \
+    sys/time.h \
+    sys/timeb.h \
+    sys/vfs.h \
+    sys/wait.h \
+    syslog.h \
+    termios.h \
+    unistd.h \
+    utime.h \
+    values.h \
+  )
+])
+
 # This macro must be invoked before any tests that run the compiler.
 AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES,
 [
@@ -251,6 +261,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES,
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE])
 
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_ALL_HEADERS])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_DIRENT])
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
   AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize],,,[$ac_includes_default

m4/libintl.m4

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
 # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
 
-# serial 109
+# serial 110
 
 AC_PREREQ(2.13)               dnl Minimum Autoconf version required.
 
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
    dnl Try to locate it.
    MKINSTALLDIRS=
    if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="`CDPATH=:; cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`/mkinstalldirs"
    fi
    if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
      MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"

m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 6
+#serial 10
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -6,12 +6,10 @@ dnl This is not pretty.  I've just taken the autoconf code and wrapped
 dnl it in an AC_DEFUN.
 dnl
 
-AC_PREREQ(2.14a)
-
 # jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS([ACTION-IF-FOUND[, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]])
 AC_DEFUN(jm_LIST_MOUNTED_FILESYSTEMS,
   [
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(listmntent getmntent getmntinfo)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(listmntent getmntinfo)
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(mntent.h)
 
 # Determine how to get the list of mounted filesystems.
@@ -239,6 +237,6 @@ if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
   # Can't build mountlist.c or anything that needs its functions
 fi
 
-AS_IFELSE([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])dnl
+AS_IF([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])
 
   ])

m4/mbrtowc.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#serial 2
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC,
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared],
+    jm_cv_func_mbrtowc,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK(
+       [@%:@include <wchar.h>],
+       [mbstate_t state; return ! (sizeof state && mbrtowc);],
+       jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes,
+       jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=no)])
+  if test $jm_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBRTOWC, 1,
+      [Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
+  fi
+])

m4/mbswidth.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 4
 
 dnl autoconf tests required for use of mbswidth.c
 dnl From Bruno Haible.
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH,
   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])
   AC_REQUIRE([AM_C_PROTOTYPES])
   AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint mbrtowc wcwidth)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint wcwidth)
+  jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
   headers='
 #     if HAVE_WCHAR_H
 #      include <wchar.h>

m4/prereq.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 13
+#serial 17
 
 dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
 dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ,
   jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
   jm_PREREQ_ERROR
   jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
+  jm_PREREQ_HASH
   jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
   jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
   jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
@@ -53,6 +54,12 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE,
   AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
 ])
 
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HASH,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h stdbool.h)
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
+])
+
 # If you use human.c, you need the following files:
 # uintmax_t.m4 inttypes_h.m4 ulonglong.m4
 AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HUMAN,
@@ -70,8 +77,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR,
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG,
 [
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint mbrtowc)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint)
+  jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stddef.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
   AC_HEADER_STDC
   AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
   AC_MBSTATE_T
@@ -91,7 +99,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_READUTMP,
 $ac_includes_default
 #ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
 # include <utmpx.h>
-#else
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
 # include <utmp.h>
 #endif
 "

m4/regex.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 8
+#serial 9
 
 dnl Initially derived from code in GNU grep.
 dnl Mostly written by Jim Meyering.
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_INCLUDED_REGEX,
 	  {
 	    static struct re_pattern_buffer regex;
 	    const char *s;
+	    struct re_registers regs;
 	    re_set_syntax (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP);
 	    /* Add this third left square bracket, [, to balance the
 	       three right ones below.  Otherwise autoconf-2.14 chokes.  */
@@ -39,7 +40,20 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_INCLUDED_REGEX,
 	    /* This should succeed, but doesn't for e.g. glibc-2.1.3.  */
 	    s = re_compile_pattern ("{1", 2, &regex);
 
-	    exit (s ? 1 : 0);
+	    if (s)
+	      exit (1);
+
+	    /* The following example is derived from a problem report
+               against gawk from Jorge Stolfi <stolfi@ic.unicamp.br>.  */
+	    s = re_compile_pattern ("[anù]*n", 7, &regex);
+	    if (s)
+	      exit (1);
+
+	    /* This should match, but doesn't for e.g. glibc-2.2.1.  */
+	    if (re_match (&regex, "an", 2, 0, &regs) != 2)
+	      exit (1);
+
+	    exit (0);
 	  }
 	],
 	       jm_cv_func_working_re_compile_pattern=yes,

m4/rename.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#serial 2
+
+dnl From Volker Borchert.
+dnl Determine whether rename works for source paths with a trailing slash.
+dnl The rename from SunOS 4.1.1_U1 doesn't.
+dnl
+dnl If it doesn't, then define RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG and arrange
+dnl to compile the wrapper function.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(vb_FUNC_RENAME,
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether rename is broken],
+  vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug,
+  [
+    rm -rf conftest.d1 conftest.d2
+    mkdir conftest.d1 ||
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot create temporary directory])
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+#       include <stdio.h>
+        int
+        main ()
+        {
+          exit (rename ("conftest.d1/", "conftest.d2") ? 1 : 0);
+        }
+      ],
+      vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug=no,
+      vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug=yes,
+      dnl When crosscompiling, assume rename is broken.
+      vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug=yes)
+
+      rm -rf conftest.d1 conftest.d2
+  ])
+  if test $vb_cv_func_rename_trailing_slash_bug = yes; then
+    AC_LIBOBJ(rename)
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG, 1,
+[Define if rename does not work for source paths with a trailing slash,
+   like the one from SunOS 4.1.1_U1.])
+  fi
+])

m4/utimes.m4

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ dnl then do case-insensitive s/utime/utimes/.
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_UTIMES_NULL,
 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether utimes accepts a null argument, ac_cv_func_utimes_null,
-[rm -f conftestdata; > conftestdata
+[rm -f conftest.data; > conftest.data
 AC_TRY_RUN([
 /* In case stat has been defined to rpl_stat, undef it here.  */
 #undef stat
@@ -13,9 +13,11 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 main() {
 struct stat s, t;
-exit(!(stat ("conftestdata", &s) == 0 && utimes("conftestdata", (long *)0) == 0
-&& stat("conftestdata", &t) == 0 && t.st_mtime >= s.st_mtime
-&& t.st_mtime - s.st_mtime < 120));
+exit(!(stat ("conftest.data", &s) == 0
+       && utimes("conftest.data", (long *)0) == 0
+       && stat("conftest.data", &t) == 0
+       && t.st_mtime >= s.st_mtime
+       && t.st_mtime - s.st_mtime < 120));
 }],
   ac_cv_func_utimes_null=yes,
   ac_cv_func_utimes_null=no,

m4/xstrtoumax.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 # autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoumax.c
 
@@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX,
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtoul, strtoull])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h)
 
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoumax as a macro],
     jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,
@@ -28,7 +29,13 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX,
   dnl so we need the replacement strtoull only if strtoumax does not exist.
   case "$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
     yes,no,no)
-      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull)
+      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull strtol)
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
+    no,no)
+      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoul strtol)
       ;;
   esac
 

man/help2man

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ use Text::Tabs qw(expand);
 use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
 
 my $this_program = 'help2man';
-my $this_version = '1.23';
+my $this_version = '1.24';
 my $version_info = <<EOT;
 GNU $this_program $this_version
 
@@ -59,18 +59,20 @@ EOT
 
 my $section = 1;
 my ($opt_name, @opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_no_info);
-
-# Parse options.
-Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
-GetOptions (
+my %opt_def = (
     'n|name=s'		=> \$opt_name,
     's|section=s'	=> \$section,
     'i|include=s'	=> sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 1 ] },
     'I|opt-include=s'	=> sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 0 ] },
     'o|output=s'	=> \$opt_output,
     'N|no-info'		=> \$opt_no_info,
-    help		=> sub { print $help_info; exit },
-    version		=> sub { print $version_info; exit },
+);
+
+# Parse options.
+Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
+GetOptions (%opt_def,
+    help    => sub { print $help_info; exit },
+    version => sub { print $version_info; exit },
 ) or die $help_info;
 
 die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1;
@@ -93,9 +95,9 @@ BEGIN { eval q(sub qr { '' =~ $_[0]; $_[0] }) if $] < 5.005 }
 #   verbatim text
 #
 
-for (@opt_include)
+while (@opt_include)
 {
-    my ($inc, $required) = @$_;
+    my ($inc, $required) = @{shift @opt_include};
 
     next unless -f $inc or $required;
     die "$this_program: can't open `$inc' ($!)\n"
@@ -134,9 +136,20 @@ for (@opt_include)
 	    next;
 	}
 
-	# Silently ignore anything before the first
-	# section--allows for comments and revision info.
-	next unless $key;
+	# Check for options before the first section--anything else is
+	# silently ignored, allowing the first for comments and
+	# revision info.
+	unless ($key)
+	{
+	    # handle options
+	    if (/^-/)
+	    {
+		local @ARGV = split;
+		GetOptions %opt_def;
+	    }
+
+	    next;
+	}
 
 	$hash->{$key} ||= '';
 	$hash->{$key} .= $_;

old/fileutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,8 +1,572 @@
+2001-02-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.41.
+
+	* depcomp: New version, from automake.
+
+	`chmod 0 file; rm file' would no longer prompt before removal.
+	* src/remove.c (remove_file): Revert last change.
+	Reported by Vin Shelton.
+
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.40.
+
+	* src/chown.c (main): `quote' the offending argument.
+
+2001-02-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Stop trying to support hosts that have nonstandard declarations for
+	mbrtowc and/or mbstate_t.  It's not worth the portability hassle.
+
+	* m4/mbrtowc.m4: New file, defining jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC.
+	* m4/mbswidth.m4 (jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH):
+	Use jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC, not AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mbrtowc).
+	* m4/prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG): Likewise.
+	* lib/mbswidth.c, lib/quotearg.c, src/ls.c (mbrtowc, mbsinit):
+	Remove workaround macros for hosts that have mbrtowc but not
+	mbstate_t, as we now insist on proper declarations for both
+	before using mbrtowc.
+	Reported by Matt Schalit.
+
+2001-02-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* config.sub: Update from master repository.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2001-02-16  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/getdate.texi: Mention that only English is supported.
+	Show how to use "date" so that the output is acceptable to getdate.
+	Mention Z as an abbreviation for UTC.
+
+2001-02-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.maint (emit-rsync-commands): Define.
+	(alpha): Use it here.
+
+2001-02-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.maint (alpha): Fix previous, incomplete change.
+
+	* Version 4.0.39.
+
+	* depcomp: New version, from automake.
+
+2001-02-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* README: Remove note about now-ancient Sequents.
+
+2001-02-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/ln.c (main): Change type of index variable to `unsigned int'
+	to avoid a warning.
+
+	* config.guess: Update from master repository.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (a_host): Use fencepost.
+	(real_dir): Use the same name for both.
+	(alpha): Print commands for both hosts.
+
+	* src/mv.c (long_options): Use `strip-trailing-slashes',
+	per the documetation, not `strip-trailing-slash'.
+	* src/cp.c (long_opts): Likewise.
+	Reported by Oskar Liljeblad.
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi (mv invocation): Add a warning about how a trailing
+	slash makes a difference.  Prompted by a report from Oskar Liljeblad
+	via Michael Stone (Debian bug#83991).
+
+2001-01-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* config.sub: Update from master repository.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2001-01-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.38.
+
+	* configure, aclocal.m4, etc.: Regenerate using autoconf-2.49c.
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file): Add a FIXME comment.
+
+	* TODO: Add a few items.
+
+	* src/ls.c (enum) [FULL_TIME]: Define.
+	(long_options): Use it.
+	(decode_switches): Make --full-time imply -l.
+	Prompted by a report from Karl Eichwalder.
+
+2001-01-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/remove.c (remove_file): Correct an expression to avoid making
+	an unnecessary call to euidaccess for each file.
+
+2001-01-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.37.
+
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	Now it's invoked by jm_MACROS.
+
+2001-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR): Use PACKAGE, not GNU_PACKAGE.
+	* src/sync.c (main): Likewise.
+	* src/shred.c (PACKAGE): Likewise.
+	* src/dd.c (main): Likewise.
+
+2001-01-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.36.
+
+	* src/shred.c (UINT_MAX_32_BITS): Define.
+	Use UINT_MAX_32_BITS in the cpp conditions that determine
+	the `word32' typedef.  Using a literal `0xffffffff' failed with
+	HPUX10.20's /bin/cc.
+
+	* config.sub: Update from master repository.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2001-01-02  Volker Borchert  <bt@teknon.de>
+
+	Work around a broken rename system call, e.g. on SunOS 4.1.1_U1,
+	that fails when the source path has a trailing slash.
+	* src/copy.h [RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG]: Use the rename wrapper.
+	* tests/mv/trailing-slash: Test whether the workaround works.
+	* tests/m4/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add trailing-slash.
+
+2001-01-03  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (update-po): Merge po-files in temporary files
+	in the build directory, and update the source directory only when
+	the merged catalog differs from the original.  This fixes the known
+	`make distcheck' failure due to `make update-po' being called
+	on up-to-date but read-only files.
+
+2001-01-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): When moving a symlink onto itself,
+	don't remove the symlink.  Reported by David Luyer as Debian bug#82089,
+	via Michael Stone.
+	* tests/mv/into-self-4: New test for the above.
+	* tests/mv/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add into-self-4.
+
+	* tests/chmod/setgid: If `chmod g+s d' fails, then try to chgrp
+	to a group of which we're a member, then try the chmod again.
+
+2001-01-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* depcomp: New version, from automake.
+
+2001-01-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/copy.c (copy_internal): Add a comment.
+	Set *copy_into_self in the new code that detects that.
+	Make diagnostic more consistent: s/won't/will not/.
+	[move_mode, copy_into_self]: Give a diagnstic here, now that
+	we have the top_level_* globals.  Remove the corresponding diagnostic
+	from mv.c.
+	Add a FIXME comment.
+	* src/mv.c (do_move): Remove diagnostic, now that copy.c issues it.
+	Set `fail' to nonzero in the primary `if (copy_into_self)' block
+	rather than in its own tiny one below.
+
+	* src/copy.c (copy_internal): Don't allow cp (or mv, when working
+	across a partition boundary) to overwrite a non-directory with a
+	directory.  Reported by Michael J. Croghan.
+	* tests/cp/dir-vs-file: New test for the above.
+	* tests/cp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add dir-vs-file.
+
+2001-01-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Give a better diagnostic for `cp -R a a'.
+	* src/copy.c (top_level_src_path, top_level_dst_path): New globals.
+	(copy_internal): Use them.
+	(copy): Set them.
+	* src/cp-hash.c [struct entry] (node): Describe how it's used,
+	now that we've overloaded it, in order to detect and diagnose
+	the copying-directory-into-self problem.
+	(new_file): Remove global.
+	(htab): Declare global to be static.
+	(remember_created): Insert file name instead of dummy pointer, so
+	that copy.c can use the just-created directory name to detect
+	the copying-directory-into-self problem.
+	* tests/cp/into-self: New test for the above.
+	* tests/cp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add into-self.
+
+2001-01-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/cp.c (usage): Split a string that was longer than 2048 bytes.
+
+	* doc/perm.texi: s/can not/cannot/
+
+2001-01-07  Karl Eichwalder  <ke@suse.de>
+
+	* src/chown.c (usage): Split long message string.
+
+2001-01-07  Karl Eichwalder  <ke@suse.de>
+
+	* src/ls.c (usage): Untabify.
+
+	* src/chgrp.c (parse_group): Normalize spelling.
+
+2001-01-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* NEWS: Document the planned --full-time change.
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Likewise.
+	* NEWS: Document that time stamps depend on LC_TIME, not LC_MESSAGES.
+
+2001-01-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Use the more precise algorithm of GNU "make" to decide whether
+	a file is in the future, by looking at high-resolution time
+	stamps if available.
+
+	* src/ls.c:
+	(TIMESPEC_NS): New macro.
+	(current_time): Initialize to the minimum value.
+	(current_time_ns): New var.
+	(main): Do not bother to initialize current_time;
+	it's no longer needed.
+	(get_current_time): New function.
+	(print_long_format): Use it when a file appears to be in the future.
+	Get the nanoseconds of the file's time stamp, if available,
+	and use that to decide whether the file appears	to be in the future.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (dir_LDADD, ls_LDADD, vdir_LDADD): New macros.
+
+2001-01-02  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (long_time_expected_width, print_long_format): Fix
+	bug: the initial byte passed to strftime wasn't initialized to
+	a nonzero value after the buffer was reallocated.
+
+2001-01-02  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Make ls -l compatible with POSIX, which requires that the
+	behavior of time formats must depend only on LC_TIME, not on
+	LC_MESSAGES.
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (install-data-yes): If the package is
+	fileutils, install LC_TIME as an alias for LC_MESSAGES.
+	* src/sys2.h (dcgettext): New macro.
+	* src/ls.c (decode_switches): Use dcgettext with LC_TIME,
+	not plain gettext, to get the translations of time formats.
+
+2001-01-02  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (long_time_expected_width): New function.
+	(print_long_format): Use it, so that we don't assume a
+	particular width for time stamps in an internationalized
+	environment.
+
+2001-01-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi, NEWS:
+	ls -l now reports the year for files even slightly in the future, as
+	POSIX requires.  This helps warn users about clock skew problems.
+
+	* src/ls.c (print_long_format):
+	Report the year for files even slightly in the future.
+	Avoid overflow problems near Y2038 on 32-bit hosts.
+	To calculate "six months", take half the average Gregorian
+	year, not 180 days.
+
+2001-01-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/chmod/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add setgid.
+	* tests/chmod/setgid: Test for chmod's existing behavior.
+	Based on a report from Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-12-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Clean up the terminology a tad: some directories were called "sticky"
+	when they were really setgid.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): sticky-check -> setgid-check
+	* tests/chmod/c-option, tests/cp/cp-parents, tests/mkdir/parents,
+	tests/mkdir/perm: Likewise.
+	* tests/setgid-check: File renamed from tests/sticky-check.
+	All uses of "sticky" changed to "setgid".
+
+2000-12-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/cp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add deref-slink.
+	* tests/cp/deref-slink: New file.  Test for the bug fixed by my
+	2000-12-28 change to copy.c.
+
+2000-12-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c: Improve performance by invoking gettext twice at the start,
+	instead of once for each file.
+	(long_time_format): New var.
+	(decode_switches): Initialize it, if format == long_format.
+	(print_long_format): Use it.
+
+2000-12-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (print_long_format): Don't dump core if strftime
+	returns the empty string.
+
+2000-12-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file): If not using long format, don't
+	invoke acl; it's not needed.
+
+2000-12-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Avoid an unnecessary `stat' when using --dereference.
+	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): Use stat only if lstat reported that
+	the file was a symbolic link.
+
+2000-12-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/perm.texi: append-only directories -> restricted deletion flag,
+	which is the term that POSIX d5 uses for this notion.
+
+2000-12-28  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* tests/group-names: Try /usr/xpg4/bin/id (Solaris 7) if plain
+	'id' doesn't work.
+
+2000-12-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Run sticky-check from just-created directory.
+
+2000-12-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): Fix two typos from my 2000-09-03 change:
+	s/tmp_dst_sb/tmp_src_sb/.
+
+2000-12-27  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* tests/sticky-check: Turn off the working directory's sticky
+	bit, so that we don't have to worry about it later.
+
+	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): Use a single auto var for
+	tmp_dst_sb, instead of two static vars.  Likewise for
+	tmp_src_sb.
+
+2000-12-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.35.
+
+	* Regenerate build/config framework to use automake-1.4b and
+	the latest CVS version autoconf.
+
+	* tests/mkdir/perm: Disable the test if the working directory has
+	the sticky bit set.
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Likewise.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+2000-12-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Clean-up to avoid warnings from Irix's c89.
+
+	* src/remove.c (hash_compare_active_dir_ents): Return explicit `true'
+	or `false', rather than relying on implicit int-to-enum cast.
+	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): Remove declaration and set of unused
+	variables: src_sb_no_link, dst_sb_no_link.
+	* src/ls.c (extract_dirs_from_files): Remove unused variable.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file): Move decl of local, val, into the scope
+	where it's used.
+
+2000-12-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	For both ln and install, when using `--backup=simple --suffix=S',
+	the suffix `S' wasn't used.
+
+	* src/ln.c (main): Actually use the local variable,
+	`backup_suffix_string'.
+	* src/install.c (main): Likewise.
+	Nelson Beebe reported the unused variables.
+	* tests/ln/misc: Add a test for this (for all of cp, mv, ln, install).
+
+	* man/help2man: Update to version 1.24.
+
+2000-12-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.34.
+
+	* src/shred.c (isaac_seed_machdep) [_ARCH_PPC]: Disable the code
+	that would use the PPC mfspr `asm' code.  Suggestion from Michael Stone.
+
+2000-12-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Use `ref_file' in place of `file' to make
+	descriptions of the various --reference=... options clearer.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/chown-core.c (uint_to_string): New function.
+	(uid_to_name): Use it.
+	(gid_to_name): Use it.
+	Rename locals, user/group, to uid/gid.
+
+	* src/chown-core.h (enum Change_status): Start with 1.
+
+	* src/chown.c (main): Rename locals, user/group, to uid/gid.
+	* src/chgrp.c (main): Rename local, group, to gid.
+
+	* tests/group-names: New file.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add group-names.
+	* tests/chgrp/basic: Use group-names.
+	* tests/chgrp/deref: Likewise.
+	* tests/chgrp/recurse: Likewise.
+
+	* tests/chgrp/basic: Don't assume that creating a file gives it
+	group $g1.
+
+	* tests/chgrp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add recurse.
+
+2000-12-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/chown-core.h [enum Dereference_symlink] (dereference): Rename
+	from change_symlinks.
+	* src/chown-core.c: Declare lstat.
+	Rename change_symlinks member to `dereference' and use the DEREF_*
+	enum values.
+	(describe_change): Merge the chgrp and chown switch statements.
+	Use xmalloc to form the `user:group' string.
+	(change_file_owner): Record (and later, use) is_symlink and is_directory
+	from the lstat stats, in order to control whether we operate on symlinks
+	and whether (with -R) we traverse symlinks to directories.
+	When dereferencing, use open/fchown (rather than chown) on symlinks.
+	* src/chown.c (main): Reflect renaming: s/dereference/change_symlinks/.
+	* src/chgrp.c (main): Likewise.
+
+	* src/chown-core.c (describe_change): Use `:' (not `.') to separate the
+	username and group in messages evoked by the --verbose and --changes
+	options.
+
+2000-12-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add chown-core.h.
+	(chown_SOURCES): Define.
+	(chgrp_SOURCES): Define.
+
+	* src/chgrp.c: Include "chown-core.h".
+	[enum Change_status, enum Verbosity]: Remove declarations.
+	Remove decls of globals that are now part of struct Chown_option.
+	Remove decl of xstat.
+	(describe_change): Remove function.
+	(change_file_group): Likewise.
+	(change_dir_group): Likewise.
+	(parse_group): Don't set global, groupname, here...
+	(main): ... instead, initialize `chopt.group_name' here.
+	Initialize chopt and update uses of the now-members.
+	Set group_name also when it's obtained via a --reference=FILE option.
+	Call change_file_owner (with -1 for uids), not change_file_group.
+
+	* src/chown.c: Don't include pwd.h or grp.h -- no longer needed.
+	Include "chown-core.h".
+	[enum Change_status, enum Verbosity]: Remove declarations.
+	Remove decls of globals that are now part of struct Chown_option.
+	(describe_change): Remove function.
+	(change_file_owner): Likewise.
+	(change_dir_owner): Likewise.
+	(main): Initialize chopt and update uses of the now-members.
+	Set user_name and group_name also when they're obtained via a
+	--reference=FILE option.
+	Pass `chopt' to change_file_owner.
+
+	* src/chown-core.c: Include <pwd.h>, <grp.h>, and "xalloc.h".
+	[!_POSIX_VERSION]: Declare getgrnam and getgrgid.
+	(gid_to_name): New function.
+	(uid_to_name): Likewise.
+	(chopt_free): Likewise.
+
+	Factor out code that's common to chgrp.c and chown.c.
+	* src/chown-core.h: New file.
+	* src/chown-core.c (chopt_init): New function.
+	(describe_change): Extracted/combined from chgrp.c and chown.c.
+	(change_dir_owner): Likewise.
+	(change_file_owner): Likewise.
+	* po/POTFILES.in: Add src/chown-core.c.
+
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/chgrp/Makefile.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add chgrp.
+	* tests/chgrp: New directory.
+	* tests/chgrp/basic: New test.
+	* tests/chgrp/deref: Likewise.
+	* tests/chgrp/Makefile.am: New file.
+
+	* src/chown.c (change_file_owner): Restore special file permission
+	bits, since calling chown resets them on some systems.
+	Reported by Matt Perry.
+
+2000-12-08  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
+
+	* tests/mv/mv-special-1: Don't make the success of the test depend
+	on the order in which directory entries are processed.
+
+2000-12-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file) [USE_ACL]: Set have_acl member unconditionally
+	to avoid uninitialized memory reference via FILE_HAS_ACL.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (alpha): Use rsync rather than scp, so the destination
+	file is created only after the successful completion of the copy.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/ls/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add follow-slink.
+	* tests/ls/follow-slink: New file.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file): Do not fall back on lstat if stat
+	fails; POSIX.2 does not allow this.  Invoke acl only on
+	non-symlinks, and only if lstat or stat succeeds.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure: Regenerate using the very latest version (in CVS) of
+	autoconf.
+
+	* tests/dd/skip-seek: Remove test #2, now that support for the
+	`B' suffix is gone.
+	* tests/dd/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add skip-seek2
+	* tests/dd/skip-seek2: New file.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c (skip, dd_copy): Use ssize_t to store result of
+	safe_read, to avoid overflow e.g. on 64-bit Solaris sparc.
+	(dd_copy): Remove unnecessary cast.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Remove B suffix.  Document how to have
+	the desired effect without it.
+
+	* src/dd.c: Undo most of the changes since 2000-11-24, since we've
+	documented a standard way to do it.
+	(skip_bytes, seek_bytes): Remove.
+	(usage): Remove B suffix.
+	(scanargs, skip, dd_copy, main): Remove support for B suffix.
+
+2000-11-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/mkdir.c (main): Remove any trailing slash unconditionally.
+	Reported by Volker Borchert.
+	* tests/mkdir/t-slash: Add a test for this.
+
 2000-11-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* Version 4.0.33.
 
-	* tests/touch/no-rights: Use touch with `-d tomorrow' to avoid
+	* tests/touch/no-rights: Use touch with `-d tomorrow' to avoid a
 	race condition.
 
 	* tests/Fetish.pm (_compare_files): New function.

old/fileutils/NEWS

@@ -1,8 +1,49 @@
 Changes in release 4.01:
+[4.0.41]
+* fix bug in rm introduced in 4.0.38: `chmod 0 f; rm f' would no longer prompt
+    before removal.
+[4.0.40]
+* portability fixes, mainly for UnixWare 7.1.1
+[4.0.39]
+* cp and mv accept --strip-trailing-slashes, not just --strip-trailing-slash
+[4.0.38]
+* ls --full-time now implies -l;  before, without -l it was a no-op
+[4.0.37]
+* portability fixes for SunOS4.1.1, Fujitsu (f300-fujitsu-uxpv4.1_ES),
+    and Unicos (alphaev5-cray-unicosmk2.0.5.X)
+[4.0.36]
+* `mv dir/ new-name' no longer fails on SunOS4.1.1U
+* attempting to use mv to move a symlink onto itself no longer removes
+    the symlink
+* `cp -R directory file' no longer removes `file'.  now it fails and gives
+    a diagnostic
+* The manual now warns that ls's --full-time format string is planned
+    to change in a future release.
+* ls -l's time stamp format now depends on LC_TIME, not LC_MESSAGES,
+    as POSIX requires.
+* ls -l now reports the year for files even slightly in the future, as
+    POSIX requires.  This helps warn users about clock skew problems.
+* `cp -d file symlink-to-some-other-file' no longer fails
+* performance improvements for ls
+[4.0.35]
+* ln --backup=simple --suffix=SUFFIX once again uses SUFFIX
+* install: Likewise.
+[4.0.34]
+* fix a bug (introduced in 4.0z) that made `chown 123:456 file' act like
+    `chown 123:123 file'.  Other uses with a numeric group ID would cause
+    chown to fail when it shouldn't have.
+* the chown and chgrp programs preserve set-uid and set-gid bits, even on
+    systems for which the chown function call resets those bits.
+* `ls -L dangling-symlink' now fails (per POSIX) rather than printing the
+    link name
+* dd no longer honors the just-added `B' suffix on skip= and seek= arguments.
+* `mkdir no-such-dir/' no longer fails on NetBSD systems
 [4.0.33]
 * dd now accepts skip=nB and seek=nB, to advance past some number of bytes, n,
-    that is smaller than the block size.
-* dd (without conv=notrunc) now uses ftruncate only on regular files
+    that need not be a multiple of the block size.
+* dd (without conv=notrunc) now complains only when ftruncate fails on a
+    regular file, a directory, or a shared memory object -- not when it fails
+    to truncate other types of files, like /dev/fd0.
 * chmod --changes (-c) once again issues diagnostics only for the files
     with changed permissions
 * mkdir now gives one diagnostic (rather than two) for certain failures
@@ -56,7 +97,7 @@ Changes in release 4.01:
 * cp -p and mv now try to preserve uid even if you're not root, as per POSIX.2.
   This affects behavior only on hosts that let you give files away via chmod.
 * du would fail when given `.' or `..' followed by other command line arguments
-* Using cp's short-named `-P' option evokes the warning that that the
+* Using cp's short-named `-P' option evokes the warning that the
    meaning of `-P' will soon change.  Use `--parents' instead.
 * chgrp, chmod, and chown: when used with the --verbose option, might give an
   invalid diagnostic (due to clobbered errno) when failing.

old/sh-utils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,6 +1,66 @@
+2001-02-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/factor.c (usage): Tweak --help output: it prints the _prime_
+	factors, not just any factors.
+
+2001-02-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Improve the performance of `factor' (more than 2x speed-up for large N).
+	* src/factor.c (wheel_tab): New global table.
+	(WHEEL_START, WHEEL_END): Define.
+	(factor): Remove the loop that special-cased `2'.
+	Instead of incrementing by `2', use the offsets from the wheel table.
+	From Michael Steffens.
+
+2000-11-27  Prashant TR  <rprash@wilco-int.com>
+
+	* src/test.c (eaccess) [__MSDOS__]: Just use access.
+
+2001-01-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dirname.c (main): Declare local result as non-const, now
+	that it's freed.
+
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	Now it's invoked by jm_MACROS.
+
+2001-01-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (main): Fail when --rfc-822 (-R) is specified along
+	with a format string.  Reported by Jochen Hein.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+	* djgpp: New directory.
+	* djgpp/*: New files.
+	* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add djgpp.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add djgpp/Makefile.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dirname.c: Include xalloc.h.
+	(main): Use dir_name rather than the underlying dir_name_r.
+	The former now handles cwd-relative names with drive-letter prefixes.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/seq.c (valid_format): Move pre-increment to a separate statement
+	to avoid a warning.
+
+	* src/id.c: Move dcls of globals used only in main...
+	(main): ...to here.
+	(usage): Clarify option descriptions.
+
 2000-11-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
-	* Version 2.0.12.
+	* po/Makefile.in.in: Sync with the one from fileutils.
 
 	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
 	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.

old/textutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,7 +1,242 @@
-2000-11-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+2001-02-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Rename test input files to avoid conflicts on case-insensitive
+	file systems.
+	* tests/pr/2-Sf-t_notab: Rename from 2Sf-t_notab.
+	* tests/pr/2-S_f-t_notab: Rename from 2S_f-t_notab.
+	* tests/pr/W-72l17f-ll: Rename from W72l17f-ll.
+	* tests/pr/Test.pm: Update file names to reflect renamings.
+	Reported by Matthew Smith.
+
+2001-01-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove jm_CHECK_ALL_TYPES.
+	Now it's invoked by jm_MACROS.
+
+2001-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/cksum.c (main): Use PACKAGE, not GNU_PACKAGE.
+	* src/tsort.c (main): Likewise.
+	* src/sort.c (main): Likewise.
+	(usage): Convert each TAB in --help output to a sequence of 8 spaces.
+
+2001-01-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/tail.c (usage): Split a string that was longer than 2048 bytes.
+
+2001-01-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (main): Remove embedded \n from diagnostic.
+
+2001-01-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (ulonglong_t): Define place-holder type to avoid some #if
+	directives.
+	(LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE): Remove definition.
+	(MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE): Use ulonglong_t instead of
+	LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE.
+	(print_long_long): Compile this function even on systems without
+	long long support.
+	(decode_one_format): Remove #if directive.
+
+	* src/od.c (decode_one_format): Guard use of print_long_long with
+	`#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG'.  From Darren Salt.
+	Change all `#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG' to use `#if' instead.
+
+2000-12-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h [HAVE_INTTYPES_H]: Include <inttypes.h>.
+
+2000-12-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.11.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* NEWS, doc/textutils.texi: New "sort" option -S SIZE.
+
+	* src/sys2.h (UINTMAX_MAX): New macro, taken from C99.
+
+	* src/sort.c: Include physmem.h.
+	(SORTALLOC, mergealloc, LINEALLOC): Remove.
+	(sortalloc): Default to zero at program startup.
+	(SORTALLOC_MIN, SORTALLOC_DEFAULT_MIN): New macros.
+	(usage, main): Add support for new -S SIZE option.
+	(specify_sort_size, default_sort_size): New functions.
+	(initlines): Do not let alloc exceed limit.
+	(findlines): Likewise.
+	(checkfp, mergefps, sort): Use sortalloc to size everything
+	else, instead of relying on precomputed sizes.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2000-12-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.10.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (address_base): Declare to be static.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (address_base, address_pad_len): New var.
+	(output_address_fmt_string, address_fmt_buffer, address_pad): Remove.
+	(flag_pseudo_start): Now int, not long int.
+	(pseudo_offset): Now off_t, not long int.
+	(n_specs, n_specs_allocated): Now size_t, not unsigned int.
+	(format_address, format_address_none, format_address_std,
+	format_address_label): Now accepts an extra char argument (an extra
+	char to print if nonzero), and prints instead of returning a string.
+	All callers changed.
+	(bytes_per_block): Now size_t, not int.
+	(format_address_none): Do not even print the extra char argument.
+	This simplifies the callers.
+	(format_address_std, format_address_label): Print off_t ourself
+	instead of trying to use autoconfigured format.  This is faster and
+	more portable.
+	(format_address_paren): New function.
+	(dump): Remove unnecessary cast.
+	(expand_address_fmt): Remove.
+	(main): Use size_t, off_t, etc. instead of builtin types where this is
+	advisable.  Adjust to above changes.  Remove unnecessary cast.
+
+2000-12-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/tail.c (tail_file): Initialize ignore, dev, and ino members,
+	when tailing forever and the open failed.  Otherwise, we could get
+	uninitialized memory references of those fields in recheck.
+	* tests/tail-2/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add assert-2.
+	* tests/tail-2/assert-2: New file.
 
 	* Version 2.0.9.
 
+	Make od print valid addresses for offsets of 2^32 and larger, and
+	allow byte offset (-j) and byte count (-N) to be 2^32 and larger.
+
+	* src/od.c (MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH): Don't hard-code as a literal.
+	Rather, define in terms of the type, off_t.
+	(string_min): Declare to be of type size_t.
+	(flag_dump_strings): Declare to be of type int.
+	(print_s_char): Declare the n_bytes parameter and the local, `i',
+	to be of type off_t.
+	(print_char): Likewise.
+	(print_s_short): Likewise.
+	(print_short): Likewise.
+	(print_int): Likewise.
+	(print_long): Likewise.
+	(print_long_long): Likewise.
+	(print_float): Likewise.
+	(print_double): Likewise.
+	(print_long_double): Likewise.
+	(dump_hexl_mode_trailer): Likewise.
+	(print_named_ascii): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Likewise.
+	(write_block): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Declare local, `print_function' with a prototype.
+	Change a few `>' comparisons to the equivalent `<' form.
+	(parse_options): Declare `tmp' to be of type uintmax_t.
+	Use xstrtoumax, not xstrtoul.
+	Fail if the specified offset if larger than OFF_T_MAX.
+	(dump_strings): Declare local `i' to be of type size_t.
+	Remove the now-unnecessary cast-to-off_t.
+	(main) [IF_LINT]: Initialize desired_width to avoid a warning.
+	Declare `tmp' to be of type uintmax_t.
+	Use xstrtoumax, not xstrtoul.
+	Fail if minimum string length is larger than SIZE_MAX.
+	Fail if specified width is larger than ULONG_MAX.
+
+	* src/od.c (format_address): Use off_t, not long unsigned_int as the
+	parameter type.
+	(format_address_none): Likewise.  Mark parameter as unused.
+	(format_address_std): Likewise.
+	(format_address_label): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Mark format string parameter as unused.
+	(write_block): Use off_t, not long unsigned_int as offset type.
+	(expand_address_fmt): New function.
+	(main): Use it to expand each address format string template.
+	Reported by Mark Nudelman, via Andreas Jaeger.
+
+	* src/sys2.h (OFF_T_MIN): Define here instead.
+	(OFF_T_MAX): Likewise.
+	(CHAR_BIT): Define.
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_options): Use xstrtoumax to parse the byte and line
+	offset.  Give a better diagnostic when the requested offset is still
+	representable but larger than OFF_T_MAX.
+	(OFF_T_MIN): Remove definition.
+	(OFF_T_MAX): Likewise.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (checkfp): Rename local `buf' to avoid shadowing previous
+	declaration.
+
+	* src/sort.c (NONZERO): Define and use it to make the code a tiny
+	bit more readable.
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi (sort invocation): Clarify how -t works
+	when a sort key specifies a range of fields.  From Karl O. Pinc.
+
+2000-11-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (skip): Use lseek instead of worrying about fseeko or fseek.
+	This should be portable, as we seek before doing any I/O.
+	(fseeko): Remove; no longer used.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c: s/SIZE_T_MAX/SIZE_MAX/.
+
+2000-11-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h: Include <stdint.h> if HAVE_STDINT_H.
+	(SIZE_MAX): Renamed from SIZE_T_MAX, as C99 uses SIZE_MAX.
+	All uses changed.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c: SIZE_MAX is not defined, so s/SIZE_MAX/SIZE_T_MAX/, and...
+	* src/sys2.h (SIZE_T_MAX): ... define.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Port GNU "sort" to hosts where sizes don't fit in "int",
+	e.g. 64-bit Solaris (sparc).
+
+	* src/sort.c ("human.h", "xstrtol.h"): Include.
+	(struct line): length member is now size_t, not int.
+	(struct lines): Likewise for used, alloc, limit members.
+	(struct buffer): Likewise for used, alloc, left, newline_free members.
+	(struct keyfield): Likewise for sword, schar, eword, echar members.
+	(sortalloc, mergealloc, linelength): Now size_t, not int.
+
+	(initbuf, fillbuf, initlines, begfield, limfield, findlines,
+	numcompare, getmonth, keycompare, compare, checkfp, mergefps,
+	sortlines, sort): Accept, return, and use size_t for sizes, not int.
+
+	(fillbuf, initlines, findlines, checkfp, sort): Check for overflow
+	when computing buffer sizes.
+
+	(begfield, limfield): Do not index past end of array.
+
+	(checkfp): Return a boolean, not a line number, as the line
+	number may not fit in int.  All callers changed.  Use
+	uintmax_t for line numbers, not int.
+
+	(sort): Don't allocate tmp until we need it (and know the right size).
+
+	(parse_field_count): New function.
+
+	(main): Use it to check for overflow in field counts.
+	"outfile" is now a pointer to const.
+
+2000-11-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
 	* src/checksum.h: Don't include system.h here.
 	* src/md5.c: Include config.h, stdio.h, sys/types.h. and system.h here
 	instead.

old/textutils/NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,14 @@
 Changes in release 2.1
+[2.0.11]
+* sort accepts new -S SIZE option, to specify main-memory usage.
+[2.0.10]
+* od is faster and more portable than it was in 2.0.9
+* tail avoids an uninitialized memory reference
 [2.0.9]
+* od now prints valid addresses for offsets of 2^32 and larger, and allows
+    the byte offset (-j) and byte count (-N) arguments to be 2^32 and larger.
+* tail now works with line and byte counts of 2^32 and larger, on systems
+    with large file support
 * join now works with an 8-bit delimiter
 * fix a compilation failure on some Solaris systems with wc.c
 [2.0.8]

po/Makefile.in.in

@@ -150,6 +150,13 @@ install-data-yes: all
 	      true; \
 	    fi; \
 	  fi; \
+	  if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "fileutils"; then \
+	    timedir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_TIME; \
+	    rm -fr $$timedir; \
+	    ln -s LC_MESSAGES $$timedir \
+	    || (mkdir $$timedir && ln $$dir/* $$timedir); \
+	    echo "installing $$timedir as an alias for $$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
 	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
 	  if test -x "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \
@@ -206,20 +213,25 @@ dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
 
 update-po: Makefile
 	$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
-	PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \
-	cd $(srcdir); \
 	catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
 	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
 	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
 	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \
-	  mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \
 	  echo "$$lang:"; \
-	  if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \
-	    rm -f $$lang.old.po; \
+	  if $(MSGMERGE) $(srcdir)/$$lang.po \
+	                 $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
+	    if cmp $$lang.new.po $(srcdir)/$$lang.po >/dev/null; then \
+	      echo "$$lang.po is unchanged"; \
+	      rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
+	    else \
+	      echo "updating $$lang.po"; \
+	      rm -f $(srcdir)/$$lang.po; \
+	      mv $$lang.new.po $(srcdir)/$$lang.po; \
+	    fi; \
 	  else \
 	    echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
-	    rm -f $$lang.po; \
-	    mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \
+	    rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
+	    exit 1; \
 	  fi; \
 	done
 

src/chgrp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chgrp -- change group ownership of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "savedir.h"
 #include "xstrtol.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "chgrp"
@@ -52,54 +53,9 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 # define endgrent() ((void) 0)
 #endif
 
-enum Change_status
-{
-  CH_NOT_APPLIED,
-  CH_SUCCEEDED,
-  CH_FAILED,
-  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
-};
-
-enum Verbosity
-{
-  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
-  V_high,
-
-  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
-  V_changes_only,
-
-  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
-  V_off
-};
-
-int lstat ();
-
-static int change_dir_group PARAMS ((const char *dir, gid_t group,
-				     const struct stat *statp));
-
 /* The name the program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, and the systems has support for it, change the ownership
-   of symbolic links rather than any files they point to.  */
-static int change_symlinks = 1;
-
-/* When change_symlinks is set, this should be set to `lstat', otherwise,
-   it should be `stat'.  */
-static int (*xstat) ();
-
-/* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
-static int recurse;
-
-/* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
-static int force_silent;
-
-/* Level of verbosity.  */
-static enum Verbosity verbosity = V_off;
-
-/* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static const char *groupname;
-
 /* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the group ID of this file.
    This file must exist.  */
 static char *reference_file;
@@ -127,38 +83,6 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
-/* Tell the user how/if the group of FILE has been changed.
-   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
-
-static void
-describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed)
-{
-  const char *fmt;
-
-  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
-    {
-      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
-	      quote (file));
-      return;
-    }
-
-  switch (changed)
-    {
-    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
-      fmt = _("group of %s changed to %s\n");
-      break;
-    case CH_FAILED:
-      fmt = _("failed to change group of %s to %s\n");
-      break;
-    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
-      fmt = _("group of %s retained as %s\n");
-      break;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  printf (fmt, quote (file), groupname);
-}
-
 /* Set *G according to NAME. */
 
 static void
@@ -166,9 +90,8 @@ parse_group (const char *name, gid_t *g)
 {
   struct group *grp;
 
-  groupname = name;
   if (*name == '\0')
-    error (1, 0, _("can not change to null group"));
+    error (1, 0, _("cannot change to null group"));
 
   grp = getgrnam (name);
   if (grp == NULL)
@@ -193,139 +116,6 @@ parse_group (const char *name, gid_t *g)
   endgrent ();		/* Save a file descriptor. */
 }
 
-/* Change the ownership of FILE to GID GROUP.
-   If it is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_file_group (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, gid_t group)
-{
-  struct stat file_stats;
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  if ((*xstat) (file, &file_stats))
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if (group != file_stats.st_gid)
-    {
-      int fail;
-      int symlink_changed = 1;
-      int saved_errno;
-
-      if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode) && change_symlinks)
-	{
-	  fail = lchown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
-
-	  /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
-	     and this is not a command line argument.  */
-	  if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
-	    {
-	      fail = 0;
-	      symlink_changed = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fail = chown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
-	}
-
-      /* Save errno, since in verbose mode, describe_change might change it.  */
-      saved_errno = errno;
-
-      if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	{
-	  enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
-					  : (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-	  describe_change (file, ch_status);
-	}
-
-      if (fail)
-	{
-	  errors = 1;
-	  if (force_silent == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Give a more specific message.  Some systems set errno
-		 to EPERM for both `inaccessible file' and `user not a member
-		 of the specified group' errors.  */
-	      if (saved_errno == EPERM && !group_member (group))
-		{
-		  error (0, saved_errno, _("you are not a member of group %s"),
-			 quote (groupname));
-		}
-	      else if (saved_errno == EINVAL && group > MAXUID)
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, _("%s: invalid group number"),
-			 quote (groupname));
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  error (0, saved_errno, _("changing group of %s"),
-			 quote (file));
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (verbosity == V_high)
-    {
-      describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
-    }
-
-  if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
-    errors |= change_dir_group (file, group, &file_stats);
-
-  return errors;
-}
-
-/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR
-   to GID GROUP.
-   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_dir_group (const char *dir, gid_t group, const struct stat *statp)
-{
-  char *name_space, *namep;
-  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
-  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
-  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
-  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
-  if (name_space == NULL)
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
-  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
-  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
-  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
-  strcpy (path, dir);
-  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
-
-  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
-    {
-      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
-      if (filelength > pathlength)
-	{
-	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
-	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
-	}
-      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
-      errors |= change_file_group (0, path, group);
-    }
-  free (path);
-  free (name_space);
-  return errors;
-}
-
 void
 usage (int status)
 {
@@ -364,9 +154,10 @@ Change the group membership of each FILE to GROUP.\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  gid_t group;
+  gid_t gid;
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
+  struct Chown_option chopt;
 
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
@@ -375,7 +166,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  recurse = force_silent = 0;
+  chopt_init (&chopt);
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -387,22 +178,22 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  reference_file = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case DEREFERENCE_OPTION:
-	  change_symlinks = 0;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
 	  break;
 	case 'R':
-	  recurse = 1;
+	  chopt.recurse = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'c':
-	  verbosity = V_changes_only;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_changes_only;
 	  break;
 	case 'f':
-	  force_silent = 1;
+	  chopt.force_silent = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'h':
-	  change_symlinks = 1;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
 	  break;
 	case 'v':
-	  verbosity = V_high;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_high;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -417,24 +208,26 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  if (change_symlinks)
-    xstat = lstat;
-  else
-    xstat = stat;
-
   if (reference_file)
     {
       struct stat ref_stats;
       if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
 	error (1, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (reference_file));
 
-      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      chopt.group_name = gid_to_name (ref_stats.st_gid);
+      gid = ref_stats.st_gid;
     }
   else
-    parse_group (argv[optind++], &group);
+    {
+      chopt.group_name = argv[optind++];
+      parse_group (chopt.group_name, &gid);
+    }
 
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
-    errors |= change_file_group (1, argv[optind], group);
+    errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], (uid_t) -1, gid,
+				 (uid_t) -1, (gid_t) -1, &chopt);
+
+  chopt_free (&chopt);
 
   exit (errors);
 }

src/chown-core.c

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/* chown-core.c -- core functions for changing ownership.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Extracted from chown.c/chgrp.c and librarified by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "lchown.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "savedir.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* The number of decimal digits required to represent the largest value of
+   type `unsigned int'.  This is enough for an 8-byte unsigned int type.  */
+#define UINT_MAX_DECIMAL_DIGITS 20
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
+struct group *getgrnam ();
+struct group *getgrgid ();
+#endif
+
+int lstat ();
+
+void
+chopt_init (struct Chown_option *chopt)
+{
+  chopt->verbosity = V_off;
+  chopt->dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
+  chopt->recurse = 0;
+  chopt->force_silent = 0;
+  chopt->user_name = 0;
+  chopt->group_name = 0;
+}
+
+void
+chopt_free (struct Chown_option *chopt)
+{
+  /* Deliberately do not free chopt->user_name or ->group_name.
+     They're not always allocated.  */
+}
+
+/* Convert N to a string, and return a pointer to that string in memory
+   allocated from the heap.  */
+
+static char *
+uint_to_string (unsigned int n)
+{
+  char buf[UINT_MAX_DECIMAL_DIGITS + 1];
+  char *p = buf + sizeof buf;
+
+  *--p = '\0';
+
+  do
+    *--p = '0' + (n % 10);
+  while ((n /= 10) != 0);
+
+  return xstrdup (p);
+}
+
+/* Convert the numeric group-id, GID, to a string stored in xmalloc'd memory,
+   and return it.  If there's no corresponding group name, use the decimal
+   representation of the ID.  */
+
+char *
+gid_to_name (gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct group *grp = getgrgid (gid);
+  return grp ? xstrdup (grp->gr_name) : uint_to_string (gid);
+}
+
+/* Convert the numeric user-id, UID, to a string stored in xmalloc'd memory,
+   and return it.  If there's no corresponding user name, use the decimal
+   representation of the ID.  */
+
+char *
+uid_to_name (uid_t uid)
+{
+  struct passwd *pwd = getpwuid (uid);
+  return pwd ? xstrdup (pwd->pw_name) : uint_to_string (uid);
+}
+
+/* Tell the user how/if the user and group of FILE have been changed.
+   If USER is NULL, give the group-oriented messages.
+   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
+
+static void
+describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed,
+		 char const *user, char const *group)
+{
+  const char *fmt;
+  char *spec;
+  int spec_allocated = 0;
+
+  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
+    {
+      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
+	      quote (file));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (user)
+    {
+      if (group)
+	{
+	  spec = xmalloc (strlen (user) + 1 + strlen (group) + 1);
+	  stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (spec, user), ":"), group);
+	  spec_allocated = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  spec = (char *) user;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      spec = (char *) group;
+    }
+
+  switch (changed)
+    {
+    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("changed ownership of %s to %s\n")
+	     : _("changed group of %s to %s\n"));
+      break;
+    case CH_FAILED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("failed to change ownership of %s to %s\n")
+	     : _("failed to change group of %s to %s\n"));
+      break;
+    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("ownership of %s retained as %s\n")
+	     : _("group of %s retained as %s\n"));
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  printf (fmt, quote (file), spec);
+
+  if (spec_allocated)
+    free (spec);
+}
+
+/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR to user-id,
+   UID, and group-id, GID, according to the options specified by CHOPT.
+   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
+   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
+
+static int
+change_dir_owner (const char *dir, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
+		  uid_t old_uid, gid_t old_gid,
+		  const struct stat *statp,
+		  struct Chown_option const *chopt)
+{
+  char *name_space, *namep;
+  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
+  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
+  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
+  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
+  int errors = 0;
+
+  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
+  if (name_space == NULL)
+    {
+      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
+  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
+  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
+  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
+  strcpy (path, dir);
+  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
+
+  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
+    {
+      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
+      if (filelength > pathlength)
+	{
+	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
+	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
+	}
+      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
+      errors |= change_file_owner (0, path, uid, gid, old_uid, old_gid,
+				   chopt);
+    }
+  free (path);
+  free (name_space);
+  return errors;
+}
+
+/* Change the ownership of FILE to user-id, UID, and group-id, GID,
+   provided it presently has owner OLD_UID and group OLD_GID.
+   Honor the options specified by CHOPT.
+   If FILE is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
+   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
+
+int
+change_file_owner (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
+		   uid_t old_uid, gid_t old_gid,
+		   struct Chown_option const *chopt)
+{
+  struct stat file_stats;
+  uid_t new_uid;
+  gid_t new_gid;
+  int errors = 0;
+  int is_symlink;
+  int is_directory;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
+    {
+      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If it's a symlink and we're dereferencing, then use stat
+     to get the attributes of the referent.  */
+  if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS
+	  && stat (file, &file_stats))
+	{
+	  if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	    error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      is_symlink = 1;
+
+      /* With -R, don't traverse through symlinks-to-directories.
+	 But of course, this will all change with POSIX's new
+	 -H, -L, -P options.  */
+      is_directory = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      is_symlink = 0;
+      is_directory = S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode);
+    }
+
+  if ((old_uid == (uid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_uid == old_uid)
+      && (old_gid == (gid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_gid == old_gid))
+    {
+      new_uid = (uid == (uid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_uid : uid);
+      new_gid = (gid == (gid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_gid : gid);
+      if (new_uid != file_stats.st_uid || new_gid != file_stats.st_gid)
+	{
+	  int fail;
+	  int symlink_changed = 1;
+	  int saved_errno;
+	  int called_lchown = 0;
+
+	  if (is_symlink)
+	    {
+	      if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_NEVER)
+		{
+		  called_lchown = 1;
+		  fail = lchown (file, new_uid, new_gid);
+
+		  /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
+		     and this is not a command line argument.  */
+		  if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
+		    {
+		      fail = 0;
+		      symlink_changed = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS)
+		{
+		  /* Applying chown to a symlink and expecting it to affect
+		     the referent is not portable.  So instead, open the
+		     file and use fchown on the resulting descriptor.  */
+		  int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK | O_NOCTTY);
+		  fail = (fd == -1 ? 1 : fchown (fd, new_uid, new_gid));
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* FIXME */
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fail = chown (file, new_uid, new_gid);
+	    }
+	  saved_errno = errno;
+
+	  if (chopt->verbosity == V_high
+	      || (chopt->verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
+	    {
+	      enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed
+					      ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
+					      : (fail
+						 ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
+	      describe_change (file, ch_status,
+			       chopt->user_name, chopt->group_name);
+	    }
+
+	  if (fail)
+	    {
+	      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+		error (0, saved_errno, (uid != (uid_t) -1
+					? _("changing ownership of %s")
+					: _("changing group of %s")),
+		       quote (file));
+	      errors = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The change succeeded.  On some systems, the chown function
+		 resets the `special' permission bits.  When run by a
+		 `privileged' user, this program must ensure that at least
+		 the set-uid and set-group ones are still set.  */
+	      if (file_stats.st_mode & ~(S_IFMT | S_IRWXUGO)
+		  /* If we called lchown above (which means this is a symlink),
+		     then skip it.  */
+		  && ! called_lchown)
+		{
+		  if (chmod (file, file_stats.st_mode))
+		    {
+		      error (0, saved_errno,
+			     _("unable to restore permissions of %s"),
+			     quote (file));
+		      fail = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (chopt->verbosity == V_high)
+	{
+	  describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED,
+			   chopt->user_name, chopt->group_name);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (chopt->recurse && is_directory)
+    errors |= change_dir_owner (file, uid, gid,
+				old_uid, old_gid, &file_stats, chopt);
+  return errors;
+}

src/chown-core.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* chown-core.h -- types and prototypes shared by chown and chgrp.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef CHOWN_CORE_H
+# define CHOWN_CORE_H
+
+enum Change_status
+{
+  CH_NOT_APPLIED = 1,
+  CH_SUCCEEDED,
+  CH_FAILED,
+  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
+};
+
+enum Verbosity
+{
+  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
+  V_high,
+
+  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
+  V_changes_only,
+
+  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
+  V_off
+};
+
+enum Dereference_symlink
+{
+  DEREF_UNDEFINED = 1,
+  DEREF_NEVER,			/* -P */
+  DEREF_COMMAND_LINE_ARGUMENTS,	/* -H */
+  DEREF_ALWAYS			/* -L */
+};
+
+struct Chown_option
+{
+  /* Level of verbosity.  */
+  enum Verbosity verbosity;
+
+  /* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
+  int recurse;
+
+  /* This is useful only on systems with support for changing the
+     ownership of symbolic links.  */
+  enum Dereference_symlink dereference;
+
+  /* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
+  int force_silent;
+
+  /* The name of the user to which ownership of the files is being given. */
+  char *user_name;
+
+  /* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
+  char *group_name;
+};
+
+void
+chopt_init (struct Chown_option *);
+
+void
+chopt_free (struct Chown_option *);
+
+char *
+gid_to_name (gid_t);
+
+char *
+uid_to_name (uid_t);
+
+int
+change_file_owner PARAMS ((int, const char *,
+			   uid_t, gid_t,
+			   uid_t, gid_t,
+			   struct Chown_option const *));
+
+#endif /* CHOWN_CORE_H */

src/chown.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chown -- change user and group ownership of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,8 +31,6 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
 
 #include "system.h"
@@ -40,6 +38,7 @@
 #include "lchown.h"
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "savedir.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "chown"
@@ -59,52 +58,9 @@ struct group *getgrgid ();
 char *parse_user_spec ();
 void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 
-enum Change_status
-{
-  CH_NOT_APPLIED,
-  CH_SUCCEEDED,
-  CH_FAILED,
-  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
-};
-
-enum Verbosity
-{
-  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
-  V_high,
-
-  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
-  V_changes_only,
-
-  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
-  V_off
-};
-
-static int change_dir_owner PARAMS ((const char *dir, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-				     uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group,
-				     const struct stat *statp));
-
 /* The name the program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, and the systems has support for it, change the ownership
-   of symbolic links rather than any files they point to.  */
-static int change_symlinks = 1;
-
-/* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
-static int recurse;
-
-/* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
-static int force_silent;
-
-/* Level of verbosity.  */
-static enum Verbosity verbosity = V_off;
-
-/* The name of the user to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static char *username;
-
-/* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static const char *groupname;
-
 /* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the owner and group IDs
    of this file.  This file must exist.  */
 static char *reference_file;
@@ -134,169 +90,6 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
-/* Tell the user how/if the user and group of FILE have been changed.
-   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
-
-static void
-describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed)
-{
-  const char *fmt;
-
-  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
-    {
-      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
-	      quote (file));
-      return;
-    }
-
-  switch (changed)
-    {
-    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
-      fmt = _("owner of %s changed to ");
-      break;
-    case CH_FAILED:
-      fmt = _("failed to change owner of %s to ");
-      break;
-    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
-      fmt = _("owner of %s retained as ");
-      break;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  printf (fmt, file);
-  if (groupname)
-    printf ("%s.%s\n", username, groupname);
-  else
-    printf ("%s\n", username);
-}
-
-/* Change the ownership of FILE to UID USER and GID GROUP
-   provided it presently has UID OLDUSER and GID OLDGROUP.
-   If it is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_file_owner (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-		   uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group)
-{
-  struct stat file_stats;
-  uid_t newuser;
-  gid_t newgroup;
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if ((old_user == (uid_t) -1  || file_stats.st_uid == old_user) &&
-      (old_group == (gid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_gid == old_group))
-    {
-      newuser = user == (uid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_uid : user;
-      newgroup = group == (gid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_gid : group;
-      if (newuser != file_stats.st_uid || newgroup != file_stats.st_gid)
-	{
-	  int fail;
-	  int symlink_changed = 1;
-	  int saved_errno;
-
-	  if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode) && change_symlinks)
-	    {
-	      fail = lchown (file, newuser, newgroup);
-
-	      /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
-		 and this is not a command line argument.  */
-	      if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
-		{
-		  fail = 0;
-		  symlink_changed = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      fail = chown (file, newuser, newgroup);
-	    }
-	  saved_errno = errno;
-
-	  if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	    {
-	      enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed
-					      ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
-					      : (fail
-						 ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-	      describe_change (file, ch_status);
-	    }
-
-	  if (fail)
-	    {
-	      if (force_silent == 0)
-		error (0, saved_errno, _("changing ownership of %s"),
-		       quote (file));
-	      errors = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (verbosity == V_high)
-	{
-	  describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
-    errors |= change_dir_owner (file, user, group,
-				old_user, old_group, &file_stats);
-  return errors;
-}
-
-/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR
-   to UID USER and GID GROUP.
-   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_dir_owner (const char *dir, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-		  uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group,
-		  const struct stat *statp)
-{
-  char *name_space, *namep;
-  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
-  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
-  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
-  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
-  if (name_space == NULL)
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
-  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
-  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
-  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
-  strcpy (path, dir);
-  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
-
-  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
-    {
-      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
-      if (filelength > pathlength)
-	{
-	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
-	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
-	}
-      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
-      errors |= change_file_owner (0, path, user, group, old_user, old_group);
-    }
-  free (path);
-  free (name_space);
-  return errors;
-}
-
 void
 usage (int status)
 {
@@ -333,6 +126,8 @@ Change the owner and/or group of each FILE to OWNER and/or GROUP.\n\
       --help             display this help and exit\n\
       --version          output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
+"));
+      printf (_("\
 Owner is unchanged if missing.  Group is unchanged if missing, but changed\n\
 to login group if implied by a `:'.  OWNER and GROUP may be numeric as well\n\
 as symbolic.\n\
@@ -345,10 +140,11 @@ as symbolic.\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  uid_t user = (uid_t) -1;	/* New uid; -1 if not to be changed. */
-  gid_t group = (uid_t) -1;	/* New gid; -1 if not to be changed. */
-  uid_t old_user = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old uid; -1 if unrestricted. */
-  gid_t old_group = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old gid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  uid_t uid = (uid_t) -1;	/* New uid; -1 if not to be changed. */
+  gid_t gid = (uid_t) -1;	/* New gid; -1 if not to be changed. */
+  uid_t old_uid = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old uid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  gid_t old_gid = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old gid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  struct Chown_option chopt;
 
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
@@ -360,7 +156,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  recurse = force_silent = 0;
+  chopt_init (&chopt);
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -372,32 +168,32 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  reference_file = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case DEREFERENCE_OPTION:
-	  change_symlinks = 0;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
 	  break;
 	case FROM_OPTION:
 	  {
 	    char *u_dummy, *g_dummy;
 	    const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind],
-					     &old_user, &old_group,
+					     &old_uid, &old_gid,
 					     &u_dummy, &g_dummy);
 	    if (e)
 	      error (1, 0, "%s: %s", quote (argv[optind]), e);
 	    break;
 	  }
 	case 'R':
-	  recurse = 1;
+	  chopt.recurse = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'c':
-	  verbosity = V_changes_only;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_changes_only;
 	  break;
 	case 'f':
-	  force_silent = 1;
+	  chopt.force_silent = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'h':
-	  change_symlinks = 1;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
 	  break;
 	case 'v':
-	  verbosity = V_high;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_high;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -419,17 +215,21 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
 	error (1, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (reference_file));
 
-      user  = ref_stats.st_uid;
-      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      uid = ref_stats.st_uid;
+      gid = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      chopt.user_name = uid_to_name (ref_stats.st_uid);
+      chopt.group_name = gid_to_name (ref_stats.st_gid);
     }
   else
     {
-      const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &user, &group,
-				       &username, &groupname);
+      const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &uid, &gid,
+				       &chopt.user_name, &chopt.group_name);
       if (e)
-        error (1, 0, "%s: %s", argv[optind], e);
-      if (username == NULL)
-        username = "";
+        error (1, 0, "%s: %s", quote (argv[optind]), e);
+
+      /* FIXME: set it to the empty string?  */
+      if (chopt.user_name == NULL)
+        chopt.user_name = "";
 
       optind++;
     }
@@ -437,9 +237,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
       strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
-      errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], user, group,
-				   old_user, old_group);
+      errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], uid, gid,
+				   old_uid, old_gid, &chopt);
     }
 
+  chopt_free (&chopt);
+
   exit (errors);
 }

src/cksum.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cksum -- calculate and print POSIX.2 checksums and sizes of files
-   Copyright (C) 92, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION,
+  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, PACKAGE, VERSION,
 		      AUTHORS, usage);
 
   have_read_stdin = 0;

src/copy.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* copy.c -- core functions for copying files and directories
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ static int copy_internal PARAMS ((const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 				  int *copy_into_self,
 				  int *rename_succeeded));
 
+/* Pointers to the file names:  they're used in the diagnostic that is issued
+   when we detect the user is trying to copy a directory into itself.  */
+static char const *top_level_src_path;
+static char const *top_level_dst_path;
+
 /* The invocation name of this program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
@@ -392,8 +397,8 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
 {
   const struct stat *src_sb_link;
   const struct stat *dst_sb_link;
-  const struct stat *src_sb_no_link;
-  const struct stat *dst_sb_no_link;
+  struct stat tmp_dst_sb;
+  struct stat tmp_src_sb;
 
   int same_link;
   int same = (SAME_INODE (*src_sb, *dst_sb));
@@ -417,17 +422,15 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
 
       /* If both the source and destination files are symlinks (and we'll
 	 know this here IFF preserving symlinks (aka xstat == lstat),
-	 then it's ok.  */
+	 then it's ok -- as long as they are distinct.  */
       if (S_ISLNK (src_sb->st_mode) && S_ISLNK (dst_sb->st_mode))
-	return 1;
+	return ! same_name (src_path, dst_path);
 
       src_sb_link = src_sb;
       dst_sb_link = dst_sb;
     }
   else
     {
-      static struct stat tmp_dst_sb;
-      static struct stat tmp_src_sb;
       if (!same)
 	return 1;
 
@@ -491,7 +494,7 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
     return 1;
 
   /* If neither is a symlink, then it's ok as long as they aren't
-     links to the same file.  */
+     hard links to the same file.  */
   if (!S_ISLNK (src_sb_link->st_mode) && !S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
     {
       if (!SAME_INODE (*src_sb_link, *dst_sb_link))
@@ -506,19 +509,25 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
     }
 
   /* It's ok to remove a destination symlink.  But that works only when we
-     unlink before opening the destination and when they're on the same
-     partition.  */
+     unlink before opening the destination and when the source and destination
+     files are on the same partition.  */
   if (x->unlink_dest_before_opening
       && S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
-    return src_sb_link->st_dev == src_sb_link->st_dev;
+    return dst_sb_link->st_dev == src_sb_link->st_dev;
 
   if (x->xstat == lstat)
     {
-      static struct stat tmp_dst_sb;
-      static struct stat tmp_src_sb;
-      if (stat (dst_path, &tmp_dst_sb)
-	  || stat (src_path, &tmp_src_sb)
-	  || ! SAME_INODE (tmp_dst_sb, tmp_dst_sb))
+      if ( ! S_ISLNK (src_sb_link->st_mode))
+	tmp_src_sb = *src_sb_link;
+      else if (stat (src_path, &tmp_src_sb))
+	return 1;
+
+      if ( ! S_ISLNK (dst_sb_link->st_mode))
+	tmp_dst_sb = *dst_sb_link;
+      else if (stat (dst_path, &tmp_dst_sb))
+	return 1;
+
+      if ( ! SAME_INODE (tmp_src_sb, tmp_dst_sb))
 	return 1;
 
       /* FIXME: shouldn't this be testing whether we're making symlinks?  */
@@ -527,13 +536,6 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
 	  *return_now = 1;
 	  return 1;
 	}
-      src_sb_no_link = &tmp_src_sb;
-      dst_sb_no_link = &tmp_dst_sb;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      src_sb_no_link = src_sb;
-      dst_sb_no_link = dst_sb;
     }
 
   return 0;
@@ -586,6 +588,10 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
      find created files so as to not copy infinitely if a directory is
      copied into itself.  */
 
+  /* Associate the destination path with the source device and inode
+     so that if we encounter a matching dev/ino pair in the source tree
+     we can arrange to create a hard link between the corresponding names
+     in the destination tree.  */
   earlier_file = remember_copied (dst_path, src_sb.st_ino, src_sb.st_dev);
 
   src_mode = src_sb.st_mode;
@@ -626,6 +632,14 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	      return 1;
 	    }
 
+	  if (S_ISDIR (src_type) && !S_ISDIR (dst_sb.st_mode))
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0,
+		     _("cannot overwrite non-directory %s with directory %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, dst_path), quote_n (1, src_path));
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
 	  if (!S_ISDIR (src_type))
 	    {
 	      if (S_ISDIR (dst_sb.st_mode))
@@ -759,8 +773,21 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	 directories).  */
       if (S_ISDIR (src_type))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, _("won't create hard link %s to directory %s"),
-		 quote_n (0, dst_path), quote_n (1, earlier_file));
+	  /* If src_path and earlier_file refer to the same directory entry,
+	     then warn about copying a directory into itself.  */
+	  if (same_name (src_path, earlier_file))
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("cannot copy a directory, %s, into itself, %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, top_level_src_path),
+		     quote_n (1, top_level_dst_path));
+	      *copy_into_self = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("will not create hard link %s to directory %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, dst_path), quote_n (1, earlier_file));
+	    }
+
 	  goto un_backup;
 	}
 
@@ -806,7 +833,13 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	  /* FIXME: this is a little fragile in that it relies on rename(2)
 	     failing with a specific errno value.  Expect problems on
 	     non-POSIX systems.  */
+	  error (0, 0, _("cannot move %s to a subdirectory of itself, %s"),
+		 quote_n (0, top_level_src_path),
+		 quote_n (1, top_level_dst_path));
 	  *copy_into_self = 1;
+	  /* FIXME-cleanup: Don't return zero here; adjust mv.c accordingly.
+	     The only caller that uses this code (mv.c) ends up setting its
+	     exit status to nonzero when copy_into_self is nonzero.  */
 	  return 0;
 	}
 
@@ -1170,6 +1203,17 @@ copy (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
   int move_mode = options->move_mode;
 
   assert (valid_options (options));
+
+  /* Record the file names: they're used in case of error, when copying
+     a directory into itself.  I don't like to make these tools do *any*
+     extra work in the common case when that work is solely to handle
+     exceptional cases, but in this case, I don't see a way to derive the
+     top level source and destination directory names where they're used.
+     An alternative is to use COPY_INTO_SELF and print the diagnostic
+     from every caller -- but I don't wan't to do that.  */
+  top_level_src_path = src_path;
+  top_level_dst_path = dst_path;
+
   return copy_internal (src_path, dst_path, nonexistent_dst, 0, NULL,
 			options, move_mode, copy_into_self, rename_succeeded);
 }

src/copy.h

@@ -142,6 +142,17 @@ int rpl_lstat PARAMS((const char *, struct stat *));
 #  define lstat rpl_lstat
 # endif
 
+int rename ();
+
+/* Arrange to make rename calls go through the wrapper function
+   on systems with a rename function that fails for a source path
+   specified with a trailing slash.  */
+# if RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+int rpl_rename PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+#  undef rename
+#  define rename rpl_rename
+# endif
+
 int
 copy PARAMS ((const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	      int nonexistent_dst, const struct cp_options *options,

src/cp-hash.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cp-hash.c  -- file copying (hash search routines)
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +33,11 @@ struct entry
 {
   ino_t ino;
   dev_t dev;
-  char *node;			/* Path name, or &new_file for new inodes.  */
+  /* Destination path name (of non-directory or pre-existing directory)
+     corresponding to the dev/ino of a copied file, or the destination path
+     name corresponding to a dev/ino pair for a newly-created directory. */
+  char *node;
+
   struct entry *coll_link;	/* 0 = entry not occupied.  */
 };
 
@@ -46,8 +50,7 @@ struct htab
   struct entry *hash[1];	/* Vector of pointers in `entry_tab'.  */
 };
 
-struct htab *htab;
-char new_file;
+static struct htab *htab;
 
 static char *cph_hash_insert PARAMS ((ino_t ino, dev_t dev, const char *node));
 
@@ -65,7 +68,7 @@ remember_created (const char *path)
       return 1;
     }
 
-  cph_hash_insert (sb.st_ino, sb.st_dev, &new_file);
+  cph_hash_insert (sb.st_ino, sb.st_dev, path);
   return 0;
 }
 

src/cp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cp.c  -- file copying (main routines)
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ static struct option const long_opts[] =
   {"preserve", no_argument, NULL, 'p'},
   {"recursive", no_argument, NULL, 'R'},
   {"remove-destination", no_argument, NULL, UNLINK_DEST_BEFORE_OPENING},
-  {"strip-trailing-slash", no_argument, NULL, STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION},
+  {"strip-trailing-slashes", no_argument, NULL, STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION},
   {"suffix", required_argument, NULL, 'S'},
   {"symbolic-link", no_argument, NULL, 's'},
   {"target-directory", required_argument, NULL, TARGET_DIRECTORY_OPTION},
@@ -172,6 +172,8 @@ Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.\n\
                                  special files like FIFOs or /dev/zero\n\
       --remove-destination     remove each existing destination file before\n\
                                  attempting to open it (contrast with --force)\n\
+"));
+      printf (_("\
       --sparse=WHEN            control creation of sparse files\n\
   -R, --recursive              copy directories recursively\n\
       --strip-trailing-slashes remove any trailing slashes from each SOURCE\n\

src/date.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* date - print or set the system date and time
-   Copyright (C) 1989-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -355,6 +355,15 @@ argument must be a format string beginning with `+'."),
       usage (1);
     }
 
+  /* Simply ignore --rfc-822 if specified when setting the date.  */
+  if (rfc_format && !set_date && n_args > 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0,
+	     _("a format string may not be specified when using\
+ the --rfc-822 (-R) option"));
+      usage (1);
+    }
+
   if (set_date)
     datestr = set_datestr;
 

src/dd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dd -- convert a file while copying it.
-   Copyright (C) 85, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 85, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -103,15 +103,9 @@ static size_t conversion_blocksize = 0;
 /* Skip this many records of `input_blocksize' bytes before input. */
 static uintmax_t skip_records = 0;
 
-/* Nonzero if SKIP_RECORDS is actually a byte count, not a record count.  */
-static int skip_bytes = 0;
-
 /* Skip this many records of `output_blocksize' bytes before output. */
 static uintmax_t seek_records = 0;
 
-/* Nonzero if SEEK_RECORDS is actually a byte count, not a record count.  */
-static int seek_bytes = 0;
-
 /* Copy only this many records.  The default is effectively infinity.  */
 static uintmax_t max_records = (uintmax_t) -1;
 
@@ -311,7 +305,6 @@ Copy a file, converting and formatting according to the options.\n\
 BLOCKS and BYTES may be followed by the following multiplicative suffixes:\n\
 xM M, c 1, w 2, b 512, kD 1000, k 1024, MD 1,000,000, M 1,048,576,\n\
 GD 1,000,000,000, G 1,073,741,824, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y.\n\
-For seek= and skip=, a B suffix for BLOCKS means it counts bytes not blocks.\n\
 Each KEYWORD may be:\n\
 \n\
   ascii     from EBCDIC to ASCII\n\
@@ -566,18 +559,7 @@ scanargs (int argc, char **argv)
       else
 	{
 	  int invalid = 0;
-	  uintmax_t n;
-	  int count_bytes = 0;
-
-	  if (STREQ (name, "seek") || STREQ (name, "skip"))
-	    {
-	      size_t vallen = strlen (val);
-	      count_bytes = vallen && val[vallen - 1] == 'B';
-	      if (count_bytes)
-		val[vallen - 1] = '\0';
-	    }
-
-	  n = parse_integer (val, &invalid);
+	  uintmax_t n = parse_integer (val, &invalid);
 
 	  if (STREQ (name, "ibs"))
 	    {
@@ -603,15 +585,9 @@ scanargs (int argc, char **argv)
 			  || conversion_blocksize == 0);
 	    }
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "skip"))
-	    {
-	      skip_records = n;
-	      skip_bytes = count_bytes;
-	    }
+	    skip_records = n;
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "seek"))
-	    {
-	      seek_records = n;
-	      seek_bytes = count_bytes;
-	    }
+	    seek_records = n;
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "count"))
 	    max_records = n;
 	  else
@@ -783,32 +759,23 @@ buggy_lseek_support (int fdesc)
    nonzero.  */
 
 static void
-skip (int fdesc, char *file, int count_bytes, uintmax_t records,
-      size_t blocksize, unsigned char *buf)
+skip (int fdesc, char *file, uintmax_t records, size_t blocksize,
+      unsigned char *buf)
 {
-  size_t seek_blocksize = count_bytes ? 1 : blocksize;
-  off_t offset = records * seek_blocksize;
+  off_t offset = records * blocksize;
 
   /* Try lseek and if an error indicates it was an inappropriate
      operation, fall back on using read.  Some broken versions of
      lseek may return zero, so count that as an error too as a valid
      zero return is not possible here.  */
 
-  if (offset / seek_blocksize != records
+  if (offset / blocksize != records
       || buggy_lseek_support (fdesc)
       || lseek (fdesc, offset, SEEK_CUR) <= 0)
     {
-      if (count_bytes)
-	records = offset;
-
-      while (records)
+      while (records--)
 	{
-	  int nread;
-
-	  if (count_bytes && records < blocksize)
-	    blocksize = records;
-
-	  nread = safe_read (fdesc, buf, blocksize);
+	  ssize_t nread = safe_read (fdesc, buf, blocksize);
 	  if (nread < 0)
 	    {
 	      error (0, errno, _("reading %s"), quote (file));
@@ -819,8 +786,6 @@ skip (int fdesc, char *file, int count_bytes, uintmax_t records,
 	     FIXME: maybe give a warning.  */
 	  if (nread == 0)
 	    break;
-
-	  records -= (count_bytes ? nread : 1);
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -927,7 +892,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
   unsigned char *ibuf, *bufstart; /* Input buffer. */
   unsigned char *real_buf;	  /* real buffer address before alignment */
   unsigned char *real_obuf;
-  int nread;			/* Bytes read in the current block. */
+  ssize_t nread;		/* Bytes read in the current block. */
   int exit_status = 0;
   size_t page_size = getpagesize ();
   size_t n_bytes_read;
@@ -970,8 +935,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
     }
 
   if (skip_records != 0)
-    skip (STDIN_FILENO, input_file, skip_bytes, skip_records,
-	  input_blocksize, ibuf);
+    skip (STDIN_FILENO, input_file, skip_records, input_blocksize, ibuf);
 
   if (seek_records != 0)
     {
@@ -982,8 +946,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
 	 0+0 records out
 	 */
 
-      skip (STDOUT_FILENO, output_file, seek_bytes, seek_records,
-	    output_blocksize, obuf);
+      skip (STDOUT_FILENO, output_file, seek_records, output_blocksize, obuf);
     }
 
   if (max_records == 0)
@@ -1028,7 +991,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
 	    }
 	}
 
-      n_bytes_read = (size_t) nread;
+      n_bytes_read = nread;
 
       if (n_bytes_read < input_blocksize)
 	{
@@ -1148,7 +1111,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   /* Arrange to close stdout if parse_long_options exits.  */
   atexit (close_stdout_wrapper);
 
-  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION,
+  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, PACKAGE, VERSION,
 		      AUTHORS, usage);
 
   /* Don't close stdout on exit from here on.  */
@@ -1190,9 +1153,8 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       if (seek_records != 0 && !(conversions_mask & C_NOTRUNC))
 	{
 	  struct stat stdout_stat;
-	  size_t blocksize = seek_bytes ? 1 : output_blocksize;
-	  off_t o = seek_records * blocksize;
-	  if (o / blocksize != seek_records)
+	  off_t o = seek_records * output_blocksize;
+	  if (o / output_blocksize != seek_records)
 	    error (1, 0, _("file offset out of range"));
 
 	  if (fstat (STDOUT_FILENO, &stdout_stat) != 0)

src/dirname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname -- strip filename suffix from pathname
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 #include "error.h"
 #include "dirname.h"
 #include "closeout.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "dirname"
@@ -65,8 +66,7 @@ output `.' (meaning the current directory).\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  const char *result;
-  size_t len;
+  char *result;
 
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
@@ -92,9 +92,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  len = dir_name_r (argv[1], &result);
-  fwrite (result, 1, len, stdout);
-  putchar ('\n');
+  result = dir_name (argv[1]);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  puts (result);
+  free (result);
 
   exit (0);
 }

src/factor.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* factor -- print factors of n.
-   Copyright (C) 86, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* factor -- print prime factors of n.
+   Copyright (C) 86, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,6 +45,41 @@
    than 2^128, this constant (and the algorithm :-) will have to change.  */
 #define MAX_N_FACTORS 128
 
+/* The trial divisor increment wheel.  Use it to skip over divisors that
+   are composites of 2, 3, 5, 7, or 11.  The part from WHEEL_START up to
+   WHEEL_END is reused periodically, while the "lead in" is used to test
+   for those primes and to jump onto the wheel.  For more information, see
+   http://www.utm.edu/research/primes/glossary/WheelFactorization.html  */
+
+static const unsigned int wheel_tab[] = {
+  /* lead in: */  1, 2, 2, 4, 2,  /* and the periodic tail: */
+   4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 6, 4, 6, 8, 4,
+   2, 4, 2, 4,14, 4, 6, 2,10, 2, 6, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2,10, 2, 4,
+   2,12,10, 2, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 6, 6, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 6, 4,
+   6, 8, 4, 2, 4, 6, 8, 6,10, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2,
+   6, 4, 2, 6,10, 2,10, 2, 4, 2, 4, 6, 8, 4, 2, 4,12, 2, 6, 4,
+   2, 6, 4, 6,12, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6, 4, 6, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6,10, 2,
+   4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 2,10, 2,10, 2, 4, 6, 6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 6,
+   6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 6, 4, 6, 8, 4, 2, 6, 4, 8, 6, 4, 6, 2, 4, 6,
+   8, 6, 4, 2,10, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 2,10, 2,10, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6,
+   4, 2, 4, 6, 6, 2, 6, 4, 8, 4, 6, 8, 4, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6, 4,
+   6, 6, 6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 2,10, 2,10, 2,
+   6, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 4, 2, 6,10, 8, 4, 2, 4, 2,
+   4, 8,10, 6, 2, 4, 8, 6, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 6, 2,10, 2,
+  10, 2, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 6, 2, 6, 6, 6, 4, 6, 8,
+   4, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6, 4, 8, 4, 6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 8, 4,
+   2, 4, 2,10, 2,10, 2, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2,10, 2, 4, 6, 8, 6, 4, 2,
+   6, 4, 6, 8, 4, 6, 2, 4, 8, 6, 4, 6, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 6,
+   6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 2,10, 2,10, 2, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2,10, 6,
+   2, 6, 4, 2, 6, 4, 6, 8, 4, 2, 4, 2,12, 6, 4, 6, 2, 4, 6, 2,
+  12, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6, 4, 2, 4, 2,10, 2,10, 6, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4,
+   2, 4, 6, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2,10, 6, 8, 6, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6, 4, 6, 2,
+   4, 6, 2, 6, 6, 6, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 2,10,12, 2, 4, 2,10,
+   2, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 6, 2,10, 2, 6, 4,14, 4, 2, 4, 2, 4, 8, 6,
+   4, 6, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 6, 4, 2, 4, 6, 2, 6, 4, 2, 4,12, 2,12};
+#define WHEEL_START (wheel_tab + 5)
+#define WHEEL_END (wheel_tab + (sizeof wheel_tab / sizeof wheel_tab[0]))
+
 /* The name this program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
@@ -62,7 +97,7 @@ Usage: %s [NUMBER]...\n\
 "),
 	      program_name, program_name);
       printf (_("\
-Print factors of each NUMBER; read standard input with no arguments.\n\
+Print the prime factors of each NUMBER.\n\
 \n\
   --help      display this help and exit\n\
   --version   output version information and exit\n\
@@ -82,17 +117,11 @@ factor (uintmax_t n0, int max_n_factors, uintmax_t *factors)
 {
   register uintmax_t n = n0, d, q;
   int n_factors = 0;
+  unsigned int const *w = wheel_tab;
 
   if (n < 1)
     return n_factors;
 
-  while (n % 2 == 0)
-    {
-      assert (n_factors < max_n_factors);
-      factors[n_factors++] = 2;
-      n /= 2;
-    }
-
   /* The exit condition in the following loop is correct because
      any time it is tested one of these 3 conditions holds:
       (1) d divides n
@@ -101,7 +130,7 @@ factor (uintmax_t n0, int max_n_factors, uintmax_t *factors)
      If (1) or (2) obviously the right thing happens.
      If (3), then since n is composite it is >= d^2. */
 
-  d = 3;
+  d = 2;
   do
     {
       q = n / d;
@@ -112,7 +141,9 @@ factor (uintmax_t n0, int max_n_factors, uintmax_t *factors)
 	  n = q;
 	  q = n / d;
 	}
-      d += 2;
+      d += *(w++);
+      if (w == WHEEL_END)
+	w = WHEEL_START;
     }
   while (d <= q);
 

src/id.c

@@ -54,21 +54,9 @@ static void print_full_info PARAMS ((const char *username));
 /* The name this program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, output only the group ID(s). -g */
-static int just_group = 0;
-
 /* If nonzero, output user/group name instead of ID number. -n */
 static int use_name = 0;
 
-/* If nonzero, output real UID/GID instead of default effective UID/GID. -r */
-static int use_real = 0;
-
-/* If nonzero, output only the user ID(s). -u */
-static int just_user = 0;
-
-/* If nonzero, output only the supplementary groups. -G */
-static int just_group_list = 0;
-
 /* The real and effective IDs of the user to print. */
 static uid_t ruid, euid;
 static gid_t rgid, egid;
@@ -101,11 +89,11 @@ usage (int status)
 Print information for USERNAME, or the current user.\n\
 \n\
   -a              ignore, for compatibility with other versions\n\
-  -g, --group     print only the group ID\n\
-  -G, --groups    print only the supplementary groups\n\
+  -g, --group     print only the effective group ID\n\
+  -G, --groups    print all group IDs\n\
   -n, --name      print a name instead of a number, for -ugG\n\
-  -r, --real      print the real ID instead of effective ID, for -ugG\n\
-  -u, --user      print only the user ID\n\
+  -r, --real      print the real ID instead of the effective ID, with -ugG\n\
+  -u, --user      print only the effective user ID\n\
       --help      display this help and exit\n\
       --version   output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
@@ -121,6 +109,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   int optc;
 
+  /* If nonzero, output the list of all group IDs. -G */
+  int just_group_list = 0;
+  /* If nonzero, output only the group ID(s). -g */
+  int just_group = 0;
+  /* If nonzero, output real UID/GID instead of default effective UID/GID. -r */
+  int use_real = 0;
+  /* If nonzero, output only the user ID(s). -u */
+  int just_user = 0;
+
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
   bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);

src/install.c

@@ -273,8 +273,13 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     error (1, 0,
 	   _("the strip option may not be used when installing a directory"));
 
-  if (make_backups)
-    x.backup_type = xget_version ("backup type", version_control_string);
+  if (backup_suffix_string)
+    simple_backup_suffix = xstrdup (backup_suffix_string);
+
+  x.backup_type = (make_backups
+		   ? xget_version (_("backup type"),
+				   version_control_string)
+		   : none);
 
   n_files = argc - optind;
   file = argv + optind;

src/ln.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* `ln' program to create links between files.
-   Copyright (C) 86, 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 86, 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -511,13 +511,16 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
+  if (backup_suffix_string)
+    simple_backup_suffix = xstrdup (backup_suffix_string);
+
   backup_type = (make_backups
 		 ? xget_version (_("backup type"), version_control_string)
 		 : none);
 
   if (target_directory_specified || n_files > 2)
     {
-      int i;
+      unsigned int i;
       unsigned int last_file_idx = (target_directory_specified
 				    ? n_files - 1
 				    : n_files - 2);

src/ls.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
-   Copyright (C) 85, 88, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 85, 88, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -93,12 +93,6 @@
 # define iswprint(wc) 1
 #endif
 
-/* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t.  */
-#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && defined mbstate_t
-# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
-# define mbsinit(ps) 1
-#endif
-
 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
 "this configure-time declaration test was not run"
 #endif
@@ -205,6 +199,12 @@ int rpl_lstat PARAMS((const char *, struct stat *));
 # define DT_INIT(Val) /* empty */
 #endif
 
+#ifdef ST_MTIM_NSEC
+# define TIMESPEC_NS(timespec) ((timespec).ST_MTIM_NSEC)
+#else
+# define TIMESPEC_NS(timespec) 0
+#endif
+
 enum filetype
   {
     unknown DT_INIT (DT_UNKNOWN),
@@ -383,10 +383,11 @@ struct pending
 
 static struct pending *pending_dirs;
 
-/* Current time (seconds since 1970).  When we are printing a file's time,
-   include the year if it is more than 6 months before this time.  */
+/* Current time in seconds and nanoseconds since 1970, updated as
+   needed when deciding whether a file is recent.  */
 
-static time_t current_time;
+static time_t current_time = TYPE_MINIMUM (time_t);
+static int current_time_ns = -1;
 
 /* The number of digits to use for block sizes.
    4, or more if needed for bigger numbers.  */
@@ -648,6 +649,11 @@ static int format_needs_stat;
 
 static int format_needs_type;
 
+/* strftime formats for non-recent and recent files, respectively, in
+   -l output.  */
+
+static char const *long_time_format[2];
+
 /* The exit status to use if we don't get any fatal errors. */
 
 static int exit_status;
@@ -659,6 +665,7 @@ enum
   BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION = CHAR_MAX + 1,
   COLOR_OPTION,
   FORMAT_OPTION,
+  FULL_TIME,
   INDICATOR_STYLE_OPTION,
   QUOTING_STYLE_OPTION,
   SHOW_CONTROL_CHARS_OPTION,
@@ -672,7 +679,7 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {"escape", no_argument, 0, 'b'},
   {"directory", no_argument, 0, 'd'},
   {"dired", no_argument, 0, 'D'},
-  {"full-time", no_argument, &full_time, 1},
+  {"full-time", no_argument, 0, FULL_TIME},
   {"human-readable", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
   {"inode", no_argument, 0, 'i'},
   {"kilobytes", no_argument, 0, 'k'},
@@ -861,7 +868,6 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   dir_defaulted = 1;
   print_dir_name = 1;
   pending_dirs = 0;
-  current_time = time ((time_t *) 0);
 
   i = decode_switches (argc, argv);
 
@@ -1277,6 +1283,11 @@ decode_switches (int argc, char **argv)
 	  format = XARGMATCH ("--format", optarg, format_args, format_types);
 	  break;
 
+	case FULL_TIME:
+	  format = long_format;
+	  full_time = 1;
+	  break;
+
 	case COLOR_OPTION:
 	  if (optarg)
 	    i = XARGMATCH ("--color", optarg, color_args, color_types);
@@ -1352,6 +1363,18 @@ decode_switches (int argc, char **argv)
       sort_type = sort_time;
     }
 
+  if (format == long_format)
+    {
+      if (full_time)
+	long_time_format[0] = long_time_format[1] =
+	  dcgettext (NULL, "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y", LC_TIME);
+      else
+	{
+	  long_time_format[0] = dcgettext (NULL, "%b %e  %Y", LC_TIME);
+	  long_time_format[1] = dcgettext (NULL, "%b %e %H:%M", LC_TIME);
+	}
+    }
+
   return optind;
 }
 
@@ -1860,7 +1883,6 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, enum filetype type, int explicit_arg,
 	     const char *dirname)
 {
   register uintmax_t blocks;
-  register int val;
   register char *path;
 
   if (files_index == nfiles)
@@ -1874,10 +1896,15 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, enum filetype type, int explicit_arg,
   files[files_index].linkmode = 0;
   files[files_index].linkok = 0;
 
+  /* FIXME: this use of ls: `mkdir a; touch a/{b,c,d}; ls -R a'
+     shouldn't require that ls stat b, c, and d -- at least
+     not on systems with usable d_type.  The problem is that
+     format_needs_stat is set, because of the -R.  */
   if (explicit_arg || format_needs_stat
       || (format_needs_type && type == unknown))
     {
       /* `path' is the absolute pathname of this file. */
+      int val;
 
       if (name[0] == '/' || dirname[0] == 0)
 	path = (char *) name;
@@ -1887,23 +1914,9 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, enum filetype type, int explicit_arg,
 	  attach (path, dirname, name);
 	}
 
-      if (trace_links)
-	{
-	  val = stat (path, &files[files_index].stat);
-	  if (val < 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Perhaps a symbolically-linked to file doesn't exist; stat
-		 the link instead. */
-	      val = lstat (path, &files[files_index].stat);
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  val = lstat (path, &files[files_index].stat);
-#if USE_ACL
-	  files[files_index].have_acl = (acl (path, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL) > 4);
-#endif
-	}
+      val = (trace_links
+	     ? stat (path, &files[files_index].stat)
+	     : lstat (path, &files[files_index].stat));
 
       if (val < 0)
 	{
@@ -1912,6 +1925,13 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, enum filetype type, int explicit_arg,
 	  return 0;
 	}
 
+#if USE_ACL
+      if (format == long_format)
+	files[files_index].have_acl =
+	  (! S_ISLNK (files[files_index].stat.st_mode)
+	   && 4 < acl (path, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL));
+#endif
+
       if (S_ISLNK (files[files_index].stat.st_mode)
 	  && (explicit_arg || format == long_format || check_symlink_color))
 	{
@@ -2076,9 +2096,7 @@ static void
 extract_dirs_from_files (const char *dirname, int recursive)
 {
   register int i, j;
-  int dirlen;
 
-  dirlen = strlen (dirname) + 2;
   /* Queue the directories last one first, because queueing reverses the
      order.  */
   for (i = files_index - 1; i >= 0; i--)
@@ -2336,6 +2354,80 @@ print_current_files (void)
     }
 }
 
+/* Return the expected number of columns in a long-format time stamp,
+   or zero if it cannot be calculated.  */
+
+static int
+long_time_expected_width (void)
+{
+  static int width = -1;
+
+  if (width < 0)
+    {
+      time_t epoch = 0;
+      struct tm const *tm = localtime (&epoch);
+      char const *fmt = long_time_format[0];
+      char initbuf[100];
+      char *buf = initbuf;
+      size_t bufsize = sizeof initbuf;
+      size_t len;
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  *buf = '\1';
+	  len = strftime (buf, bufsize, fmt, tm);
+	  if (len || ! *buf)
+	    break;
+	  buf = alloca (bufsize *= 2);
+	}
+
+      width = mbsnwidth (buf, len, 0);
+      if (width < 0)
+	width = 0;
+    }
+
+  return width;
+}
+
+/* Get the current time.  */
+
+static void
+get_current_time (void)
+{
+#if HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME && defined CLOCK_REALTIME
+  {
+    struct timespec timespec;
+    if (clock_gettime (CLOCK_REALTIME, &timespec) == 0)
+      {
+	current_time = timespec.tv_sec;
+	current_time_ns = timespec.tv_nsec;
+	return;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* The clock does not have nanosecond resolution, so get the maximum
+     possible value for the current time that is consistent with the
+     reported clock.  That way, files are not considered to be in the
+     future merely because their time stamps have higher resolution
+     than the clock resolution.  */
+
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+  {
+    struct timeval timeval;
+    if (gettimeofday (&timeval, NULL) == 0)
+      {
+	current_time = timeval.tv_sec;
+	current_time_ns = timeval.tv_usec * 1000 + 999;
+	return;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  current_time = time (NULL);
+  current_time_ns = 999999999;
+}
+
 static void
 print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
 {
@@ -2355,8 +2447,8 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
   size_t s;
   char *p;
   time_t when;
+  int when_ns IF_LINT (= 0);
   struct tm *when_local;
-  const char *fmt;
   char *user_name;
 
 #if HAVE_ST_DM_MODE
@@ -2373,38 +2465,18 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
     {
     case time_ctime:
       when = f->stat.st_ctime;
+      when_ns = TIMESPEC_NS (f->stat.st_ctim);
       break;
     case time_mtime:
       when = f->stat.st_mtime;
+      when_ns = TIMESPEC_NS (f->stat.st_mtim);
       break;
     case time_atime:
       when = f->stat.st_atime;
+      when_ns = TIMESPEC_NS (f->stat.st_atim);
       break;
     }
 
-  if (full_time)
-    {
-      fmt = _("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y");
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (current_time > when + 6L * 30L * 24L * 60L * 60L	/* Old. */
-	  || current_time < when - 60L * 60L)	/* In the future. */
-	{
-	  /* The file is fairly old or in the future.
-	     POSIX says the cutoff is 6 months old;
-	     approximate this by 6*30 days.
-	     Allow a 1 hour slop factor for what is considered "the future",
-	     to allow for NFS server/client clock disagreement.
-	     Show the year instead of the time of day.  */
-	  fmt = _("%b %e  %Y");
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fmt = _("%b %e %H:%M");
-	}
-    }
-
   p = buf;
 
   if (print_inode)
@@ -2462,9 +2534,35 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
 
   if ((when_local = localtime (&when)))
     {
-      while (! (s = strftime (p, buf + bufsize - p - 1, fmt, when_local)))
+      time_t six_months_ago;
+      int recent;
+      char const *fmt;
+
+      /* If the file appears to be in the future, update the current
+	 time, in case the file happens to have been modified since
+	 the last time we checked the clock.  */
+      if (current_time < when
+	  || (current_time == when && current_time_ns < when_ns))
+	get_current_time ();
+
+      /* Consider a time to be recent if it is within the past six
+	 months.  A Gregorian year has 365.2425 * 24 * 60 * 60 ==
+	 31556952 seconds on the average.  Write this value as an
+	 integer constant to avoid floating point hassles.  */
+      six_months_ago = current_time - 31556952 / 2;
+      recent = (six_months_ago <= when
+		&& (when < current_time
+		    || (when == current_time && when_ns <= current_time_ns)));
+      fmt = long_time_format[recent];
+
+      for (;;)
 	{
-	  char *newbuf = (char *) alloca (bufsize *= 2);
+	  char *newbuf;
+	  *p = '\1';
+	  s = strftime (p, buf + bufsize - p - 1, fmt, when_local);
+	  if (s || ! *p)
+	    break;
+	  newbuf = alloca (bufsize *= 2);
 	  memcpy (newbuf, buf, p - buf);
 	  p = newbuf + (p - buf);
 	  buf = newbuf;
@@ -2481,7 +2579,7 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
       /* The time cannot be represented as a local time;
 	 print it as a huge integer number of seconds.  */
       char hbuf[LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE + 1];
-      int width = full_time ? 24 : 12;
+      int width = long_time_expected_width ();
 
       if (when < 0)
 	{
@@ -3158,7 +3256,7 @@ Sort entries alphabetically if none of -cftuSUX nor --sort.\n\
       --block-size=SIZE      use SIZE-byte blocks\n\
   -B, --ignore-backups       do not list implied entries ending with ~\n\
   -c                         with -lt: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last\n\
-				 modification of file status information)\n\
+                               modification of file status information)\n\
                                with -l: show ctime and sort by name\n\
                                otherwise: sort by ctime\n\
   -C                         list entries by columns\n\

src/mkdir.c

@@ -143,23 +143,19 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
       int fail = 0;
+
+      /* Remove any trailing slashes.  Not removing them would lead to calling
+	 `mkdir ("dir/", mode)' for e.g., the commands `mkdir dir/' and
+	 `mkdir -p dir/', and such a call fails on NetBSD systems when `dir'
+	 doesn't already exist.  */
+      strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
+
       if (create_parents)
 	{
 	  char *parents = dir_name (argv[optind]);
 	  fail = make_path (parents, parent_mode, parent_mode,
 			    -1, -1, 1, verbose_fmt_string);
 	  free (parents);
-
-	  /* If we're creating parent directories, then it's ok to remove
-	     trailing slashes.  In fact, *not* removing them would lead
-	     to calling `mkdir ("dir/", mode)' for the command `mkdir -p dir/',
-	     and such a call fails on NetBSD systems if `dir' doesn't already
-	     exist.  */
-	  /* An alternate approach would be to change make_path to interpret
-	     an argument with a trailing slash as if it also had a trailing
-	     `.'.  In fact, that would be more consistent with POSIX, so
-	     FIXME: some day.  */
-	  strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
 	}
 
       if (fail == 0)

src/mv.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mv -- move or rename files
-   Copyright (C) 86, 89, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 86, 89, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {"backup", optional_argument, NULL, 'b'},
   {"force", no_argument, NULL, 'f'},
   {"interactive", no_argument, NULL, 'i'},
-  {"strip-trailing-slash", no_argument, NULL, STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION},
+  {"strip-trailing-slashes", no_argument, NULL, STRIP_TRAILING_SLASHES_OPTION},
   {"suffix", required_argument, NULL, 'S'},
   {"target-directory", required_argument, NULL, TARGET_DIRECTORY_OPTION},
   {"update", no_argument, NULL, 'u'},
@@ -195,9 +195,7 @@ do_move (const char *source, const char *dest, const struct cp_options *x)
 	     and failing.  */
 
 	  dir_to_remove = NULL;
-	  error (0, 0,
-		 _("cannot move %s to a subdirectory of itself, %s"),
-		 quote_n (0, source), quote_n (1, dest));
+	  fail = 1;
 	}
       else if (rename_succeeded)
 	{
@@ -259,9 +257,6 @@ do_move (const char *source, const char *dest, const struct cp_options *x)
 	  if (fail)
 	    error (0, errno, _("cannot remove %s"), quote (dir_to_remove));
 	}
-
-      if (copy_into_self)
-	fail = 1;
     }
 
   return fail;

src/od.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* od -- dump files in octal and other formats
-   Copyright (C) 92, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -65,11 +65,6 @@ typedef double LONG_DOUBLE;
 # define LDBL_DIG DBL_DIG
 #endif
 
-#if !HAVE_FSEEKO
-# undef fseeko
-# define fseeko(Stream, Offset, Whence) (-1)
-#endif
-
 enum size_spec
   {
     NO_SIZE,
@@ -155,19 +150,18 @@ static const char *const charname[33] =
   "sp"
 };
 
-/* A printf control string for printing a file offset.  */
-static const char *output_address_fmt_string;
+/* Address base (8, 10 or 16).  */
+static int address_base;
 
-/* FIXME: make this the number of octal digits in an unsigned long.  */
-#define MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH 13
+/* The number of octal digits required to represent the largest off_t value.  */
+#define MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH \
+  ((sizeof (off_t) * CHAR_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / 3)
 
-/* Space for a normal address, a space, a pseudo address, parentheses
-   around the pseudo address, and a trailing zero byte. */
-static char address_fmt_buffer[2 * MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH + 4];
-static char address_pad[MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH + 1];
+/* Width of a normal address.  */
+static int address_pad_len;
 
-static unsigned long int string_min;
-static unsigned long int flag_dump_strings;
+static size_t string_min;
+static int flag_dump_strings;
 
 /* Non-zero if we should recognize the pre-POSIX non-option arguments
    that specified at most one file and optional arguments specifying
@@ -175,15 +169,15 @@ static unsigned long int flag_dump_strings;
 static int traditional;
 
 /* Non-zero if an old-style `pseudo-address' was specified.  */
-static long int flag_pseudo_start;
+static int flag_pseudo_start;
 
 /* The difference between the old-style pseudo starting address and
    the number of bytes to skip.  */
-static long int pseudo_offset;
+static off_t pseudo_offset;
 
-/* Function to format an address and optionally an additional parenthesized
-   pseudo-address; it returns the formatted string.  */
-static const char *(*format_address) PARAMS ((long unsigned int));
+/* Function that accepts an address and an optional following char,
+   and prints the address and char to stdout.  */
+static void (*format_address) PARAMS ((off_t, char));
 
 /* The number of input bytes to skip before formatting and writing.  */
 static off_t n_bytes_to_skip = 0;
@@ -205,16 +199,16 @@ static int abbreviate_duplicate_blocks = 1;
 static struct tspec *spec;
 
 /* The number of format specs.  */
-static unsigned int n_specs;
+static size_t n_specs;
 
 /* The allocated length of SPEC.  */
-static unsigned int n_specs_allocated;
+static size_t n_specs_allocated;
 
 /* The number of input bytes formatted per output line.  It must be
    a multiple of the least common multiple of the sizes associated with
    the specified output types.  It should be as large as possible, but
    no larger than 16 -- unless specified with the -w option.  */
-static unsigned int bytes_per_block;
+static size_t bytes_per_block;
 
 /* Human-readable representation of *file_list (for error messages).
    It differs from *file_list only when *file_list is "-".  */
@@ -231,13 +225,15 @@ static FILE *in_stream;
 /* If nonzero, at least one of the files we read was standard input.  */
 static int have_read_stdin;
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
-# define LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE unsigned long long
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+typedef unsigned long long ulonglong_t;
 #else
-# define LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE long int
+/* This is just a place-holder to avoid a few `#if' directives.
+   In this case, the type isn't actually used.  */
+typedef unsigned long int ulonglong_t;
 #endif
 
-#define MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE sizeof(LONGEST_INTEGRAL_TYPE)
+#define MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE sizeof (ulonglong_t)
 static enum size_spec integral_type_size[MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE + 1];
 
 #define MAX_FP_TYPE_SIZE sizeof(LONG_DOUBLE)
@@ -364,10 +360,9 @@ lcm (unsigned int u, unsigned int v)
 }
 
 static void
-print_s_char (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	      const char *fmt_string)
+print_s_char (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes; i > 0; i--)
     {
       int tmp = (unsigned) *(const unsigned char *) block;
@@ -380,10 +375,9 @@ print_s_char (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_char (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	    const char *fmt_string)
+print_char (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes; i > 0; i--)
     {
       unsigned int tmp = *(const unsigned char *) block;
@@ -393,10 +387,9 @@ print_char (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_s_short (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	       const char *fmt_string)
+print_s_short (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (unsigned short); i > 0; i--)
     {
       int tmp = (unsigned) *(const unsigned short *) block;
@@ -409,10 +402,9 @@ print_s_short (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_short (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	     const char *fmt_string)
+print_short (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (unsigned short); i > 0; i--)
     {
       unsigned int tmp = *(const unsigned short *) block;
@@ -422,10 +414,9 @@ print_short (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_int (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	   const char *fmt_string)
+print_int (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (unsigned int); i > 0; i--)
     {
       unsigned int tmp = *(const unsigned int *) block;
@@ -435,10 +426,9 @@ print_int (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_long (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	    const char *fmt_string)
+print_long (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (unsigned long); i > 0; i--)
     {
       unsigned long tmp = *(const unsigned long *) block;
@@ -447,26 +437,22 @@ print_long (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
     }
 }
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
 static void
-print_long_long (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-		 const char *fmt_string)
+print_long_long (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
-  for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (unsigned long long); i > 0; i--)
+  off_t i;
+  for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (ulonglong_t); i > 0; i--)
     {
-      unsigned long long tmp = *(const unsigned long long *) block;
+      ulonglong_t tmp = *(const ulonglong_t *) block;
       printf (fmt_string, tmp);
-      block += sizeof (unsigned long long);
+      block += sizeof (ulonglong_t);
     }
 }
-#endif
 
 static void
-print_float (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	     const char *fmt_string)
+print_float (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (float); i > 0; i--)
     {
       float tmp = *(const float *) block;
@@ -476,10 +462,9 @@ print_float (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_double (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	      const char *fmt_string)
+print_double (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (double); i > 0; i--)
     {
       double tmp = *(const double *) block;
@@ -490,10 +475,9 @@ print_double (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 
 #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
 static void
-print_long_double (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-		   const char *fmt_string)
+print_long_double (off_t n_bytes, const char *block, const char *fmt_string)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes / sizeof (LONG_DOUBLE); i > 0; i--)
     {
       LONG_DOUBLE tmp = *(const LONG_DOUBLE *) block;
@@ -505,9 +489,9 @@ print_long_double (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 #endif
 
 static void
-dump_hexl_mode_trailer (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block)
+dump_hexl_mode_trailer (off_t n_bytes, const char *block)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   fputs ("  >", stdout);
   for (i = n_bytes; i > 0; i--)
     {
@@ -520,10 +504,10 @@ dump_hexl_mode_trailer (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block)
 }
 
 static void
-print_named_ascii (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-		   const char *unused_fmt_string)
+print_named_ascii (off_t n_bytes, const char *block,
+		   const char *unused_fmt_string ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes; i > 0; i--)
     {
       unsigned int c = *(const unsigned char *) block;
@@ -547,10 +531,10 @@ print_named_ascii (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
 }
 
 static void
-print_ascii (long unsigned int n_bytes, const char *block,
-	     const char *unused_fmt_string)
+print_ascii (off_t n_bytes, const char *block,
+	     const char *unused_fmt_string ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
-  int i;
+  off_t i;
   for (i = n_bytes; i > 0; i--)
     {
       unsigned int c = *(const unsigned char *) block;
@@ -652,7 +636,7 @@ decode_one_format (const char *s_orig, const char *s, const char **next,
   enum output_format fmt;
   const char *pre_fmt_string;
   char *fmt_string;
-  void (*print_function) ();
+  void (*print_function) PARAMS ((off_t, const char *, const char *));
   const char *p;
   unsigned int c;
   unsigned int field_width = 0;
@@ -702,7 +686,7 @@ decode_one_format (const char *s_orig, const char *s, const char **next,
 	    size = sizeof (int);
 	  else
 	    {
-	      if (size > MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE
+	      if (MAX_INTEGRAL_TYPE_SIZE < size
 		  || integral_type_size[size] == NO_SIZE)
 		{
 		  error (0, 0, _("invalid type string `%s';\n\
@@ -986,15 +970,15 @@ skip (off_t n_skip)
       if (n_skip == 0)
 	break;
 
-      /* First try using fseek.  For large offsets, this extra work is
+      /* First try seeking.  For large offsets, this extra work is
 	 worthwhile.  If the offset is below some threshold it may be
 	 more efficient to move the pointer by reading.  There are two
-	 issues when trying to use fseek:
+	 issues when trying to seek:
 	   - the file must be seekable.
 	   - before seeking to the specified position, make sure
 	     that the new position is in the current file.
-	     Try to do that by getting file's size using fstat().
-	     But that will work only for regular files and dirs.  */
+	     Try to do that by getting file's size using fstat.
+	     But that will work only for regular files.  */
 
       if (fstat (fileno (in_stream), &file_stats))
 	{
@@ -1010,7 +994,7 @@ skip (off_t n_skip)
 	 n_skip and go on to the next file.  */
       if (S_ISREG (file_stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  if (n_skip >= file_stats.st_size)
+	  if (file_stats.st_size <= n_skip)
 	    {
 	      n_skip -= file_stats.st_size;
 	      if (in_stream != stdin && fclose (in_stream) == EOF)
@@ -1022,10 +1006,7 @@ skip (off_t n_skip)
 	    }
 	  else
 	    {
-	      /* Try fseeko if available, fseek otherwise.  */
-	      if (fseeko (in_stream, n_skip, SEEK_SET) == 0
-		  || (n_skip <= LONG_MAX
-		      && fseek (in_stream, (long) n_skip, SEEK_SET) == 0))
+	      if (0 <= lseek (fileno (in_stream), n_skip, SEEK_CUR))
 		{
 		  n_skip = 0;
 		  break;
@@ -1036,10 +1017,10 @@ skip (off_t n_skip)
       /* Seek didn't work or wasn't attempted;  position the file pointer
 	 by reading.  */
 
-      for (j = n_skip / BUFSIZ; j >= 0; j--)
+      for (j = n_skip / BUFSIZ; 0 <= j; j--)
 	{
 	  char buf[BUFSIZ];
-	  size_t n_bytes_to_read = (j > 0
+	  size_t n_bytes_to_read = (0 < j
 				    ? BUFSIZ
 				    : n_skip % BUFSIZ);
 	  size_t n_bytes_read;
@@ -1059,32 +1040,64 @@ skip (off_t n_skip)
   return err;
 }
 
-static const char *
-format_address_none (long unsigned int address)
+static void
+format_address_none (off_t address ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
-  return "";
 }
 
-static const char *
-format_address_std (long unsigned int address)
+static void
+format_address_std (off_t address, char c)
 {
-  const char *address_string;
+  char buf[MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH + 2];
+  char *p = buf + sizeof buf;
+  char const *pbound;
 
-  sprintf (address_fmt_buffer, output_address_fmt_string, address);
-  address_string = address_fmt_buffer;
-  return address_string;
+  *--p = '\0';
+  *--p = c;
+  pbound = p - address_pad_len;
+
+  /* Use a special case of the code for each base.  This is measurably
+     faster than generic code.  */
+  switch (address_base)
+    {
+    case 8:
+      do
+	*--p = '0' + (address & 7);
+      while ((address >>= 3) != 0);
+      break;
+
+    case 10:
+      do
+	*--p = '0' + (address % 10);
+      while ((address /= 10) != 0);
+      break;
+
+    case 16:
+      do
+	*--p = "0123456789abcdef"[address & 15];
+      while ((address >>= 4) != 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  while (pbound < p)
+    *--p = '0';
+
+  fputs (p, stdout);
 }
 
-static const char *
-format_address_label (long unsigned int address)
+static void
+format_address_paren (off_t address, char c)
 {
-  const char *address_string;
-  assert (output_address_fmt_string != NULL);
+  putchar ('(');
+  format_address_std (address, ')');
+  putchar (c);
+}
 
-  sprintf (address_fmt_buffer, output_address_fmt_string,
-	   address, address + pseudo_offset);
-  address_string = address_fmt_buffer;
-  return address_string;
+static void
+format_address_label (off_t address, char c)
+{
+  format_address_std (address, ' ');
+  format_address_paren (address + pseudo_offset, c);
 }
 
 /* Write N_BYTES bytes from CURR_BLOCK to standard output once for each
@@ -1099,7 +1112,7 @@ format_address_label (long unsigned int address)
    only when it has not been padded to length BYTES_PER_BLOCK.  */
 
 static void
-write_block (long unsigned int current_offset, long unsigned int n_bytes,
+write_block (off_t current_offset, off_t n_bytes,
 	     const char *prev_block, const char *curr_block)
 {
   static int first = 1;
@@ -1124,16 +1137,15 @@ write_block (long unsigned int current_offset, long unsigned int n_bytes,
     }
   else
     {
-      unsigned int i;
+      size_t i;
 
       prev_pair_equal = 0;
       for (i = 0; i < n_specs; i++)
 	{
-	  const char *addr_or_pad = (i == 0
-				     ? format_address (current_offset)
-				     : address_pad);
-
-	  fputs (addr_or_pad, stdout);
+	  if (i == 0)
+	    format_address (current_offset, '\0');
+	  else
+	    printf ("%*s", address_pad_len, "");
 	  (*spec[i].print_function) (n_bytes, curr_block, spec[i].fmt_string);
 	  if (spec[i].hexl_mode_trailer)
 	    {
@@ -1264,7 +1276,7 @@ read_block (size_t n, char *block, size_t *n_bytes_in_buffer)
 {
   int err;
 
-  assert (n > 0 && n <= bytes_per_block);
+  assert (0 < n && n <= bytes_per_block);
 
   *n_bytes_in_buffer = 0;
 
@@ -1324,7 +1336,7 @@ read_block (size_t n, char *block, size_t *n_bytes_in_buffer)
 static int
 get_lcm (void)
 {
-  unsigned int i;
+  size_t i;
   int l_c_m = 1;
 
   for (i = 0; i < n_specs; i++)
@@ -1341,7 +1353,7 @@ parse_old_offset (const char *s)
   int radix;
   off_t offset;
   enum strtol_error s_err;
-  long unsigned int tmp;
+  uintmax_t tmp;
 
   if (*s == '\0')
     return -1;
@@ -1363,12 +1375,15 @@ parse_old_offset (const char *s)
 	radix = 8;
     }
 
-  s_err = xstrtoul (s, NULL, radix, &tmp, "Bb");
+  s_err = xstrtoumax (s, NULL, radix, &tmp, "Bb");
   if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
     {
       STRTOL_FAIL_WARN (s, _("old-style offset"), s_err);
       return -1;
     }
+  if (OFF_T_MAX < tmp)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	   _("%s is larger than the maximum file size on this system"), s);
   offset = tmp;
   return offset;
 }
@@ -1450,7 +1465,7 @@ dump (void)
 
       /* Make bytes_to_write the smallest multiple of l_c_m that
 	 is at least as large as n_bytes_read.  */
-      bytes_to_write = l_c_m * (int) ((n_bytes_read + l_c_m - 1) / l_c_m);
+      bytes_to_write = l_c_m * ((n_bytes_read + l_c_m - 1) / l_c_m);
 
       memset (block[idx] + n_bytes_read, 0, bytes_to_write - n_bytes_read);
       write_block (current_offset, bytes_to_write,
@@ -1458,8 +1473,7 @@ dump (void)
       current_offset += n_bytes_read;
     }
 
-  if (output_address_fmt_string != NULL)
-    printf ("%s\n", format_address (current_offset));
+  format_address (current_offset, '\n');
 
   if (limit_bytes_to_format && current_offset > end_offset)
     err |= check_and_close ();
@@ -1485,15 +1499,14 @@ dump_strings (void)
   err = 0;
   while (1)
     {
-      unsigned int i;
+      size_t i;
       int c;
 
       /* See if the next `string_min' chars are all printing chars.  */
     tryline:
 
       if (limit_bytes_to_format
-	  && address >= (n_bytes_to_skip + max_bytes_to_format -
-			 (off_t) string_min))
+	  && address >= (n_bytes_to_skip + max_bytes_to_format - string_min))
 	break;
 
       for (i = 0; i < string_min; i++)
@@ -1538,10 +1551,8 @@ dump_strings (void)
       /* If we get here, the string is all printable and null-terminated,
 	 so print it.  It is all in `buf' and `i' is its length.  */
       buf[i] = 0;
-      if (output_address_fmt_string != NULL)
-	{
-	  printf ("%s ", format_address (address - i - 1));
-	}
+      format_address (address - i - 1, ' ');
+
       for (i = 0; (c = buf[i]); i++)
 	{
 	  switch (c)
@@ -1595,17 +1606,16 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   int c;
   int n_files;
-  unsigned int i;
-  unsigned int l_c_m;
-  unsigned int address_pad_len;
-  unsigned long int desired_width;
+  size_t i;
+  int l_c_m;
+  size_t desired_width IF_LINT (= 0);
   int width_specified = 0;
   int n_failed_decodes = 0;
   int err;
 
   /* The old-style `pseudo starting address' to be printed in parentheses
      after any true address.  */
-  long int pseudo_start IF_LINT (= 0);
+  off_t pseudo_start IF_LINT (= 0);
 
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
@@ -1623,8 +1633,8 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   integral_type_size[sizeof (short int)] = SHORT;
   integral_type_size[sizeof (int)] = INT;
   integral_type_size[sizeof (long int)] = LONG;
-#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
-  integral_type_size[sizeof (long long)] = LONG_LONG;
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+  integral_type_size[sizeof (ulonglong_t)] = LONG_LONG;
 #endif
 
   for (i = 0; i <= MAX_FP_TYPE_SIZE; i++)
@@ -1641,15 +1651,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   n_specs_allocated = 5;
   spec = (struct tspec *) xmalloc (n_specs_allocated * sizeof (struct tspec));
 
-  output_address_fmt_string = "%07o";
   format_address = format_address_std;
+  address_base = 8;
   address_pad_len = 7;
   flag_dump_strings = 0;
 
   while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abcdfhilos::xw::A:j:N:t:v",
 			   long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
-      unsigned long int tmp;
+      uintmax_t tmp;
       enum strtol_error s_err;
 
       switch (c)
@@ -1661,22 +1671,21 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  switch (optarg[0])
 	    {
 	    case 'd':
-	      output_address_fmt_string = "%07d";
 	      format_address = format_address_std;
+	      address_base = 10;
 	      address_pad_len = 7;
 	      break;
 	    case 'o':
-	      output_address_fmt_string = "%07o";
 	      format_address = format_address_std;
+	      address_base = 8;
 	      address_pad_len = 7;
 	      break;
 	    case 'x':
-	      output_address_fmt_string = "%06x";
 	      format_address = format_address_std;
+	      address_base = 16;
 	      address_pad_len = 6;
 	      break;
 	    case 'n':
-	      output_address_fmt_string = NULL;
 	      format_address = format_address_none;
 	      address_pad_len = 0;
 	      break;
@@ -1690,7 +1699,7 @@ it must be one character from [doxn]"),
 	  break;
 
 	case 'j':
-	  s_err = xstrtoul (optarg, NULL, 0, &tmp, "bkm");
+	  s_err = xstrtoumax (optarg, NULL, 0, &tmp, "bkm");
 	  n_bytes_to_skip = tmp;
 	  if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
 	    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (optarg, _("skip argument"), s_err);
@@ -1699,17 +1708,15 @@ it must be one character from [doxn]"),
 	case 'N':
 	  limit_bytes_to_format = 1;
 
-	  /* FIXME: if off_t is long long and that's an 8-byte type,
-	     use xstrtouq here.  */
-	  s_err = xstrtoul (optarg, NULL, 0, &tmp, "bkm");
+	  s_err = xstrtoumax (optarg, NULL, 0, &tmp, "bkm");
 	  max_bytes_to_format = tmp;
 	  if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
 	    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (optarg, _("limit argument"), s_err);
 
-	  if (tmp > LONG_MAX)
+	  if (OFF_T_MAX < tmp)
 	    error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
-		   _("specified number of bytes `%s' is larger than \
-the maximum\nrepresentable value of type `long'"), optarg);
+		   _("%s is larger than the maximum file size on this system"),
+		   optarg);
 	  break;
 
 	case 's':
@@ -1717,11 +1724,18 @@ the maximum\nrepresentable value of type `long'"), optarg);
 	    string_min = 3;
 	  else
 	    {
-	      s_err = xstrtoul (optarg, NULL, 0, &string_min, "bkm");
+	      s_err = xstrtoumax (optarg, NULL, 0, &tmp, "bkm");
 	      if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
 		STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (optarg, _("minimum string length"), s_err);
+
+	      /* The minimum string length may be no larger than SIZE_MAX,
+		 since we may allocate a buffer of this size.  */
+	      if (SIZE_MAX < tmp)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s is too large"), optarg);
+
+	      string_min = tmp;
 	    }
-	  ++flag_dump_strings;
+	  flag_dump_strings = 1;
 	  break;
 
 	case 't':
@@ -1771,9 +1785,13 @@ the maximum\nrepresentable value of type `long'"), optarg);
 	    }
 	  else
 	    {
-	      s_err = xstrtoul (optarg, NULL, 10, &desired_width, "");
+	      uintmax_t w_tmp;
+	      s_err = xstrtoumax (optarg, NULL, 10, &w_tmp, "");
 	      if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
 		STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (optarg, _("width specification"), s_err);
+	      if (SIZE_MAX < w_tmp)
+		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s is too large"), optarg);
+	      desired_width = w_tmp;
 	    }
 	  break;
 
@@ -1871,29 +1889,17 @@ the maximum\nrepresentable value of type `long'"), optarg);
 
       if (flag_pseudo_start)
 	{
-	  static char buf[10];
-
-	  if (output_address_fmt_string == NULL)
+	  if (format_address == format_address_none)
 	    {
-	      output_address_fmt_string = "(%07o)";
-	      format_address = format_address_std;
+	      address_base = 8;
+	      address_pad_len = 7;
+	      format_address = format_address_paren;
 	    }
 	  else
-	    {
-	      sprintf (buf, "%s (%s)",
-		       output_address_fmt_string,
-		       output_address_fmt_string);
-	      output_address_fmt_string = buf;
-	      format_address = format_address_label;
-	    }
+	    format_address = format_address_label;
 	}
     }
 
-  assert (address_pad_len <= MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH);
-  for (i = 0; i < address_pad_len; i++)
-    address_pad[i] = ' ';
-  address_pad[address_pad_len] = '\0';
-
   if (n_specs == 0)
     {
       if (decode_one_format ("o2", "o2", NULL, &(spec[0])))
@@ -1934,14 +1940,14 @@ the maximum\nrepresentable value of type `long'"), optarg);
       else
 	{
 	  error (0, 0, _("warning: invalid width %lu; using %d instead"),
-		 desired_width, l_c_m);
+		 (unsigned long) desired_width, l_c_m);
 	  bytes_per_block = l_c_m;
 	}
     }
   else
     {
       if (l_c_m < DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK)
-	bytes_per_block = l_c_m * (int) (DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK / l_c_m);
+	bytes_per_block = l_c_m * (DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK / l_c_m);
       else
 	bytes_per_block = l_c_m;
     }

src/remove.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* remove.c -- core functions for removing files and directories
-   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 1994-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 1994-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ hash_compare_active_dir_ents (void const *x, void const *y)
 {
   struct active_dir_ent const *a = x;
   struct active_dir_ent const *b = y;
-  return SAME_INODE (*a, *b);
+  return SAME_INODE (*a, *b) ? true : false;
 }
 
 /* A hash function for null-terminated char* strings using

src/seq.c

@@ -147,7 +147,10 @@ valid_format (const char *fmt)
       fmt += strspn (fmt, "0123456789");
 
       if (*fmt == '.')
-	fmt += strspn (++fmt, "0123456789");
+	{
+	  ++fmt;
+	  fmt += strspn (fmt, "0123456789");
+	}
     }
 
   if (!(*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'f' || *fmt == 'g'))

src/shred.c

@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ char *xstrdup PARAMS ((char const *));
 # include <sys/time.h>	/* For struct timeval */
 # include <sys/stat.h>	/* For struct stat */
 
-# define GNU_PACKAGE "standalone"
+# define PACKAGE "standalone"
 # define VERSION "2.0" /* Kind of arbitrary... */
 
 # if __GNUC__ < 2 || __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5 || __STRICT_ANSI__
@@ -508,16 +508,22 @@ files, most people use the --remove option.\n\
  * --------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-#if ULONG_MAX == 0xffffffff
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+#if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
 typedef unsigned long word32;
 #else
-# if UINT_MAX == 0xffffffff
+# if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
 typedef unsigned word32;
 # else
-#  if USHRT_MAX == 0xffffffff
+#  if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
 typedef unsigned short word32;
 #  else
-#   if UCHAR_MAX == 0xffffffff
+#   if UCHAR_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
 typedef unsigned char word32;
 #   else
      "No 32-bit type available!"
@@ -779,7 +785,7 @@ isaac_seed_finish (struct isaac_state *s)
 #define ISAAC_SEED(s,x) isaac_seed_data (s, &(x), sizeof (x))
 
 
-#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && (__i386__ || __alpha__ || _ARCH_PPC)
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && (__i386__ || __alpha__)
 /*
  * Many processors have very-high-resolution timer registers,
  * The timer registers can be made inaccessible, so we have to deal with the
@@ -815,6 +821,8 @@ isaac_seed_machdep (struct isaac_state *s)
       __asm__ __volatile__ ("rpcc %0" : "=r" (t));
 # endif
 # if _ARCH_PPC
+      /* Code not used because this instruction is available only on first-
+	 generation PPCs and evokes a SIGBUS on some Linux 2.4 kernels.  */
       word32 t;
       __asm__ __volatile__ ("mfspr %0,22" : "=r" (t));
 # endif
@@ -833,12 +841,12 @@ isaac_seed_machdep (struct isaac_state *s)
   }
 }
 
-#else /* !(__i386__ || __alpha__ || _ARCH_PPC) */
+#else /* !(__i386__ || __alpha__) */
 
 /* Do-nothing stub */
 # define isaac_seed_machdep(s) (void) 0
 
-#endif /* !(__i386__ || __alpha__ || _ARCH_PPC) */
+#endif /* !(__i386__ || __alpha__) */
 
 
 /*

src/sort.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* sort - sort lines of text (with all kinds of options).
-   Copyright (C) 88, 1991-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 88, 1991-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,8 +32,11 @@
 #include "long-options.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "hard-locale.h"
+#include "human.h"
 #include "memcoll.h"
+#include "physmem.h"
 #include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xstrtol.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "sort"
@@ -55,6 +58,7 @@ double strtod ();
 #endif
 
 /* Undefine, to avoid warning about redefinition on some systems.  */
+/* FIXME: Remove these: use MIN/MAX from sys2.h.  */
 #undef min
 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
 #undef max
@@ -99,6 +103,8 @@ static int hard_LC_TIME;
 
 #endif
 
+#define NONZERO(x) (x != 0)
+
 /* The kind of blanks for '-b' to skip in various options. */
 enum blanktype { bl_start, bl_end, bl_both };
 
@@ -109,7 +115,7 @@ int eolchar = '\n';
 struct line
 {
   char *text;			/* Text of the line. */
-  int length;			/* Length including final newline. */
+  size_t length;		/* Length including final newline. */
   char *keybeg;			/* Start of first key. */
   char *keylim;			/* Limit of first key. */
 };
@@ -118,29 +124,29 @@ struct line
 struct lines
 {
   struct line *lines;		/* Dynamically allocated array of lines. */
-  int used;			/* Number of slots used. */
-  int alloc;			/* Number of slots allocated. */
-  int limit;			/* Max number of slots to allocate.  */
+  size_t used;			/* Number of slots used. */
+  size_t alloc;			/* Number of slots allocated. */
+  size_t limit;			/* Max number of slots to allocate.  */
 };
 
 /* Input buffers. */
 struct buffer
 {
   char *buf;			/* Dynamically allocated buffer. */
-  int used;			/* Number of bytes used. */
-  int alloc;			/* Number of bytes allocated. */
-  int left;			/* Number of bytes left from previous reads. */
-  int newline_free;		/* Number of left bytes that are known
+  size_t used;			/* Number of bytes used. */
+  size_t alloc;			/* Number of bytes allocated. */
+  size_t left;			/* Number of bytes left from previous reads. */
+  size_t newline_free;		/* Number of left bytes that are known
                                    to be newline-free.  */
 };
 
 struct keyfield
 {
-  int sword;			/* Zero-origin 'word' to start at. */
-  int schar;			/* Additional characters to skip. */
+  size_t sword;			/* Zero-origin 'word' to start at. */
+  size_t schar;			/* Additional characters to skip. */
   int skipsblanks;		/* Skip leading white space at start. */
-  int eword;			/* Zero-origin first word after field. */
-  int echar;			/* Additional characters in field. */
+  size_t eword;			/* Zero-origin first word after field. */
+  size_t echar;			/* Additional characters in field. */
   int skipeblanks;		/* Skip trailing white space at finish. */
   int *ignore;			/* Boolean array of characters to ignore. */
   char *translate;		/* Translation applied to characters. */
@@ -211,20 +217,18 @@ static MONTHTAB_CONST struct month monthtab[] =
 /* During the merge phase, the number of files to merge at once. */
 #define NMERGE 16
 
-/* Initial buffer size for in-core sorting.  The buffer will grow only
-   if a line longer than this is seen. */
-#define SORTALLOC (8 * 1024 * 1024)
-static int const sortalloc = SORTALLOC;
+/* Minimum text buffer size.  */
+#define SORTALLOC_MIN (4 * NMERGE * sizeof (struct line))
 
-/* Initial buffer size for in core merge buffers.  Bear in mind that
-   up to NMERGE * mergealloc bytes may be allocated for merge buffers. */
-static int const mergealloc = SORTALLOC / NMERGE / 2;
+/* Minimum text buffer size if the user does not specify a size.  */
+#define SORTALLOC_DEFAULT_MIN max (SORTALLOC_MIN, 1024 * 1024)
+
+/* Initial text buffer size for main-memory sorting.  The buffer will
+   grow only if a line longer than this is seen.  */
+static size_t sortalloc;
 
 /* Guess of average line length. */
-static int const linelength = 30;
-
-/* Maximum number of elements for the array(s) of struct line's, in bytes.  */
-#define LINEALLOC (SORTALLOC / 2)
+static size_t const linelength = 30;
 
 /* Array of directory names in which any temporary files are to be created. */
 static char const **temp_dirs;
@@ -277,7 +281,7 @@ Usage: %s [OPTION]... [FILE]...\n\
 Write sorted concatenation of all FILE(s) to standard output.\n\
 \n\
   +POS1 [-POS2]    start a key at POS1, end it *before* POS2 (obsolescent)\n\
-		     field numbers and character offsets are numbered\n\
+                     field numbers and character offsets are numbered\n\
                      starting with zero (contrast with the -k option)\n\
   -b               ignore leading blanks in sort fields or keys\n\
   -c               check if given files already sorted, do not sort\n\
@@ -286,7 +290,7 @@ Write sorted concatenation of all FILE(s) to standard output.\n\
   -g               compare according to general numerical value, imply -b\n\
   -i               consider only printable characters in keys\n\
   -k POS1[,POS2]   start a key at POS1, end it *at* POS2\n\
-		     field numbers and character offsets are numbered\n\
+                     field numbers and character offsets are numbered\n\
                      starting with one (contrast with zero-based +POS form)\n\
   -m               merge already sorted files, do not sort\n\
   -M               compare (unknown) < `JAN' < ... < `DEC', imply -b\n\
@@ -294,9 +298,10 @@ Write sorted concatenation of all FILE(s) to standard output.\n\
   -o FILE          write result on FILE instead of standard output\n\
   -r               reverse the result of comparisons\n\
   -s               stabilize sort by disabling last resort comparison\n\
+  -S SIZE          use SIZE for main memory sorting\n\
   -t SEP           use SEParator instead of non- to whitespace transition\n\
   -T DIRECTORY     use DIRECTORY for temporary files, not $TMPDIR or %s\n\
-		     multiple -T options specify multiple directories\n\
+                     multiple -T options specify multiple directories\n\
   -u               with -c, check for strict ordering;\n\
                    with -m, only output the first of an equal sequence\n\
   -z               end lines with 0 byte, not newline, for find -print0\n\
@@ -310,7 +315,12 @@ POS is F[.C][OPTS], where F is the field number and C the character position\n\
 in the field, both counted from one with -k, from zero with the obsolescent\n\
 form.  OPTS is made up of one or more of Mbdfinr; this effectively disables\n\
 global -Mbdfinr settings for that key.  If no key is given, use the entire\n\
-line as the key.  With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.\n\
+line as the key.\n\
+\n\
+SIZE may be followed by the following multiplicative suffixes:\n\
+%% 1%% of memory, b 1, k 1024 (default), and so on for M, G, T, P, E, Z, Y.\n\
+\n\
+With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.\n\
 \n\
 *** WARNING ***\n\
 The locale specified by the environment affects sort order.\n\
@@ -554,10 +564,83 @@ inittables (void)
 #endif /* NLS */
 }
 
+/* Specify the amount of main memory to use when sorting.  */
+static void
+specify_sort_size (char const *s)
+{
+  uintmax_t n;
+  char *suffix;
+  enum strtol_error e = xstrtoumax (s, &suffix, 10, &n, "EgGkmMPtTYZ");
+
+  /* The default unit is kB.  */
+  if (e == LONGINT_OK && ISDIGIT (suffix[-1]))
+    {
+      if (n <= UINTMAX_MAX / 1024)
+	n *= 1024;
+      else
+	e = LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+
+  /* A 'b' suffix means bytes; a '%' suffix means percent of memory.  */
+  if (e == LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR && ISDIGIT (suffix[-1]) && ! suffix[1])
+    switch (suffix[0])
+      {
+      case 'b':
+	e = LONGINT_OK;
+	break;
+
+      case '%':
+	{
+	  double mem = physmem_total () * n / 100;
+
+	  /* Use "<", not "<=", to avoid problems with rounding.  */
+	  if (mem < UINTMAX_MAX)
+	    {
+	      n = mem;
+	      e = LONGINT_OK;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    e = LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+	}
+	break;
+      }
+
+  if (e == LONGINT_OK)
+    {
+      /* Normally a buffer is allocated with sortalloc bytes, and a
+	 line table with at most sortalloc / 2 bytes.  So adjust the
+	 size so that size * 1.5 is about n.  */
+      sortalloc = (n / 3) * 2;
+      if (sortalloc == (n / 3) * 2)
+	{
+	  if (sortalloc < SORTALLOC_MIN)
+	    sortalloc = SORTALLOC_MIN;
+	  return;
+	}
+
+      e = LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+
+  STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (s, _("sort size"), e);
+}
+
+/* Set the sort size to the default.  */
+static void
+default_sort_size (void)
+{
+  /* Set sortalloc to 50% of available memory, unless it overflows.  */
+  double mem = physmem_available ();
+  sortalloc = min (mem, SIZE_MAX);
+  sortalloc >>= 1;
+
+  if (sortalloc < SORTALLOC_DEFAULT_MIN)
+    sortalloc = SORTALLOC_DEFAULT_MIN;
+}
+
 /* Initialize BUF, allocating ALLOC bytes initially. */
 
 static void
-initbuf (struct buffer *buf, int alloc)
+initbuf (struct buffer *buf, size_t alloc)
 {
   buf->alloc = alloc;
   buf->buf = xmalloc (buf->alloc);
@@ -569,7 +652,7 @@ initbuf (struct buffer *buf, int alloc)
    file wasn't terminated by a newline, supply one.  Return a count
    of bytes buffered. */
 
-static int
+static size_t
 fillbuf (struct buffer *buf, FILE *fp)
 {
   if (buf->used != buf->left)
@@ -580,10 +663,12 @@ fillbuf (struct buffer *buf, FILE *fp)
 
   while (!feof (fp))
     {
-      int cc;
+      size_t cc;
       if (buf->used == buf->alloc)
 	{
 	  buf->alloc *= 2;
+	  if (buf->alloc < buf->used)
+	    xalloc_die ();
 	  buf->buf = xrealloc (buf->buf, buf->alloc);
 	}
       cc = fread (buf->buf + buf->used, 1, buf->alloc - buf->used, fp);
@@ -608,6 +693,8 @@ fillbuf (struct buffer *buf, FILE *fp)
 	  if (buf->newline_free != buf->used)
 	    return buf->used;
 	  buf->alloc *= 2;
+	  if (buf->alloc < buf->used)
+	    xalloc_die ();
 	  buf->buf = xrealloc (buf->buf, buf->alloc);
 	}
       buf->buf[buf->used++] = eolchar;
@@ -621,9 +708,13 @@ fillbuf (struct buffer *buf, FILE *fp)
    for, ever.  */
 
 static void
-initlines (struct lines *lines, int alloc, int limit)
+initlines (struct lines *lines, size_t alloc, size_t limit)
 {
+  if (limit < alloc)
+    alloc = limit;
   lines->alloc = alloc;
+  if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct line) < alloc)
+    xalloc_die ();
   lines->lines = (struct line *) xmalloc (lines->alloc * sizeof (struct line));
   lines->used = 0;
   lines->limit = limit;
@@ -636,7 +727,8 @@ static char *
 begfield (const struct line *line, const struct keyfield *key)
 {
   register char *ptr = line->text, *lim = ptr + line->length - 1;
-  register int sword = key->sword, schar = key->schar;
+  register size_t sword = key->sword;
+  register size_t schar = key->schar;
 
   if (tab)
     while (ptr < lim && sword--)
@@ -659,7 +751,7 @@ begfield (const struct line *line, const struct keyfield *key)
     while (ptr < lim && blanks[UCHAR (*ptr)])
       ++ptr;
 
-  if (ptr + schar <= lim)
+  if (schar < lim - ptr)
     ptr += schar;
   else
     ptr = lim;
@@ -674,7 +766,7 @@ static char *
 limfield (const struct line *line, const struct keyfield *key)
 {
   register char *ptr = line->text, *lim = ptr + line->length - 1;
-  register int eword = key->eword, echar = key->echar;
+  register size_t eword = key->eword, echar = key->echar;
 
   /* Note: from the POSIX spec:
      The leading field separator itself is included in
@@ -692,7 +784,7 @@ limfield (const struct line *line, const struct keyfield *key)
       {
 	while (ptr < lim && *ptr != tab)
 	  ++ptr;
-	if (ptr < lim && (eword || echar > 0))
+	if (ptr < lim && (eword | echar))
 	  ++ptr;
       }
   else
@@ -761,7 +853,7 @@ limfield (const struct line *line, const struct keyfield *key)
       ++ptr;
 
   /* Advance PTR by ECHAR (if possible), but no further than LIM.  */
-  if (ptr + echar <= lim)
+  if (echar < lim - ptr)
     ptr += echar;
   else
     ptr = lim;
@@ -795,7 +887,9 @@ findlines (struct buffer *buf, struct lines *lines)
 
       if (lines->used == lines->alloc)
 	{
-	  lines->alloc *= 2;
+	  lines->alloc = min (2 * lines->alloc, lines->limit);
+	  if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct line) < lines->alloc)
+	    xalloc_die ();
 	  lines->lines = (struct line *)
 	    xrealloc ((char *) lines->lines,
 		      lines->alloc * sizeof (struct line));
@@ -808,9 +902,9 @@ findlines (struct buffer *buf, struct lines *lines)
       if (key)
 	{
 	  /* Precompute the position of the first key for efficiency. */
-	  line->keylim = 0 <= key->eword ? limfield (line, key) : ptr;
+	  line->keylim = (key->eword == -1 ? ptr : limfield (line, key));
 
-	  if (key->sword >= 0)
+	  if (key->sword != -1)
 	    line->keybeg = begfield (line, key);
 	  else
 	    {
@@ -902,7 +996,8 @@ fraccompare (register const char *a, register const char *b)
 static int
 numcompare (register const char *a, register const char *b)
 {
-  register int tmpa, tmpb, loga, logb, tmp;
+  register int tmpa, tmpb, tmp;
+  register size_t loga, logb;
 
   tmpa = *a;
   tmpb = *b;
@@ -965,8 +1060,8 @@ numcompare (register const char *a, register const char *b)
 	  tmpb = *++b;
 	while (IS_THOUSANDS_SEP (tmpb));
 
-      if (logb - loga != 0)
-	return logb - loga;
+      if (loga != logb)
+	return loga < logb ? 1 : -1;
 
       if (!loga)
 	return 0;
@@ -1027,8 +1122,8 @@ numcompare (register const char *a, register const char *b)
 	  tmpb = *++b;
 	while (IS_THOUSANDS_SEP (tmpb));
 
-      if (loga - logb != 0)
-	return loga - logb;
+      if (loga != logb)
+	return loga < logb ? -1 : 1;
 
       if (!loga)
 	return 0;
@@ -1070,10 +1165,11 @@ general_numcompare (const char *sa, const char *sb)
    Return 0 if the name in S is not recognized.  */
 
 static int
-getmonth (const char *s, int len)
+getmonth (const char *s, size_t len)
 {
   char *month;
-  register int i, lo = 0, hi = MONTHS_PER_YEAR, result;
+  register size_t i;
+  register int lo = 0, hi = MONTHS_PER_YEAR, result;
 
   while (len > 0 && blanks[UCHAR (*s)])
     {
@@ -1123,7 +1219,8 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
   register char *lima = a->keylim;
   register char *limb = b->keylim;
 
-  int diff, lena, lenb;
+  int diff;
+  size_t lena, lenb;
 
   for (;;)
     {
@@ -1131,11 +1228,8 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
       register int *ignore = key->ignore;
 
       /* Find the lengths. */
-      lena = lima - texta, lenb = limb - textb;
-      if (lena < 0)
-	lena = 0;
-      if (lenb < 0)
-	lenb = 0;
+      lena = lima <= texta ? 0 : lima - texta;
+      lenb = limb <= textb ? 0 : limb - textb;
 
       if (key->skipeblanks)
 	{
@@ -1168,7 +1262,7 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
 	    {
 	      char *copy_a = (char *) alloca (lena + 1 + lenb + 1);
 	      char *copy_b = copy_a + lena + 1;
-	      int new_len_a, new_len_b, i;
+	      size_t new_len_a, new_len_b, i;
 
 	      /* Ignore and/or translate chars before comparing.  */
 	      for (new_len_a = new_len_b = i = 0; i < max (lena, lenb); i++)
@@ -1194,7 +1288,7 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
 	      diff = memcoll (copy_a, new_len_a, copy_b, new_len_b);
 	    }
 	  else if (lena == 0)
-	    diff = -lenb;
+	    diff = - NONZERO (lenb);
 	  else if (lenb == 0)
 	    goto greater;
 	  else
@@ -1232,7 +1326,7 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
 	    CMP_WITH_IGNORE (UCHAR (*texta), UCHAR (*textb));
 	}
       else if (lena == 0)
-	diff = -lenb;
+	diff = - NONZERO (lenb);
       else if (lenb == 0)
 	goto greater;
       else
@@ -1253,7 +1347,7 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
 	      if (diff)
 		goto not_equal;
 	    }
-	  diff = lena - lenb;
+	  diff = lena < lenb ? -1 : lena != lenb;
 	}
 
       if (diff)
@@ -1264,12 +1358,12 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
 	break;
 
       /* Find the beginning and limit of the next field.  */
-      if (key->eword >= 0)
+      if (key->eword != -1)
 	lima = limfield (a, key), limb = limfield (b, key);
       else
 	lima = a->text + a->length - 1, limb = b->text + b->length - 1;
 
-      if (key->sword >= 0)
+      if (key->sword != -1)
 	texta = begfield (a, key), textb = begfield (b, key);
       else
 	{
@@ -1298,7 +1392,8 @@ keycompare (const struct line *a, const struct line *b)
 static int
 compare (register const struct line *a, register const struct line *b)
 {
-  int diff, alen, blen;
+  int diff;
+  size_t alen, blen;
 
   /* First try to compare on the specified keys (if any).
      The only two cases with no key at all are unadorned sort,
@@ -1316,23 +1411,23 @@ compare (register const struct line *a, register const struct line *b)
   alen = a->length - 1, blen = b->length - 1;
 
   if (alen == 0)
-    diff = - blen;
+    diff = - NONZERO (blen);
   else if (blen == 0)
-    diff = alen;
+    diff = NONZERO (alen);
 #ifdef ENABLE_NLS
   else if (hard_LC_COLLATE)
     diff = memcoll (a->text, alen, b->text, blen);
 #endif
   else if (! (diff = memcmp (a->text, b->text, min (alen, blen))))
-    diff = alen - blen;
+    diff = alen < blen ? -1 : alen != blen;
 
   return reverse ? -diff : diff;
 }
 
 /* Check that the lines read from the given FP come in order.  Print a
    diagnostic (FILE_NAME, line number, contents of line) to stderr and return
-   the line number of the first out-of-order line (counting from 1) if they
-   are not in order.  Otherwise, print no diagnostic and return zero.  */
+   one if they are not in order.  Otherwise, print no diagnostic
+   and return zero.  */
 
 static int
 checkfp (FILE *fp, const char *file_name)
@@ -1340,16 +1435,17 @@ checkfp (FILE *fp, const char *file_name)
   struct buffer buf;		/* Input buffer. */
   struct lines lines;		/* Lines scanned from the buffer. */
   struct line temp;		/* Copy of previous line. */
-  int cc;			/* Character count. */
-  int alloc;
-  int line_number = 1;
+  size_t cc;			/* Character count. */
+  size_t alloc;
+  uintmax_t line_number = 1;
   struct line *disorder_line IF_LINT (= NULL);
-  int disorder_line_number = 0;
+  uintmax_t disorder_line_number = 0;
   struct keyfield *key = keylist;
+  size_t mergealloc = sortalloc / (2 * NMERGE);
 
   initbuf (&buf, mergealloc);
   initlines (&lines, mergealloc / linelength + 1,
-	     LINEALLOC / ((NMERGE + NMERGE) * sizeof (struct line)));
+	     sortalloc / (4 * NMERGE * sizeof (struct line)));
   alloc = linelength;
   temp.text = xmalloc (alloc);
 
@@ -1363,16 +1459,16 @@ checkfp (FILE *fp, const char *file_name)
     {
       struct line *prev_line;	/* Pointer to previous line. */
       int cmp;			/* Result of calling compare. */
-      int i;
+      size_t i;
 
       /* Compare each line in the buffer with its successor. */
-      for (i = 0; i < lines.used - 1; ++i)
+      for (i = 1; i < lines.used; ++i)
 	{
-	  cmp = compare (&lines.lines[i], &lines.lines[i + 1]);
+	  cmp = compare (&lines.lines[i - 1], &lines.lines[i]);
 	  if ((unique && cmp >= 0) || (cmp > 0))
 	    {
-	      disorder_line = &lines.lines[i + 1];
-	      disorder_line_number = line_number + i + 1;
+	      disorder_line = &lines.lines[i];
+	      disorder_line_number = line_number + i;
 	      goto finish;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1383,8 +1479,14 @@ checkfp (FILE *fp, const char *file_name)
       prev_line = lines.lines + (lines.used - 1);
       if (alloc < prev_line->length)
 	{
-	  while ((alloc *= 2) < prev_line->length)
-	    continue;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      if (alloc * 2 < alloc)
+		xalloc_die ();
+	      alloc *= 2;
+	    }
+	  while (alloc < prev_line->length);
+
 	  temp.text = xrealloc (temp.text, alloc);
 	}
       memcpy (temp.text, prev_line->text, prev_line->length);
@@ -1416,8 +1518,9 @@ finish:
 
   if (disorder_line_number)
     {
-      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: %s:%d: disorder: "), program_name, file_name,
-	       disorder_line_number);
+      char hr_buf[LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE + 1];
+      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: %s:%s: disorder: "), program_name, file_name,
+	       human_readable (disorder_line_number, hr_buf, 1, 1));
       write_bytes (disorder_line->text, disorder_line->length, stderr,
 		   _("standard error"));
     }
@@ -1425,7 +1528,7 @@ finish:
   free (buf.buf);
   free ((char *) lines.lines);
   free (temp.text);
-  return disorder_line_number;
+  return NONZERO (disorder_line_number);
 }
 
 /* Merge lines from FPS onto OFP.  NFPS cannot be greater than NMERGE.
@@ -1439,8 +1542,9 @@ mergefps (FILE **fps, register int nfps, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
   struct line saved;		/* Saved line storage for unique check. */
   struct line const *savedline IF_LINT (= NULL);
 				/* &saved if there is a saved line. */
-  int savealloc IF_LINT (= 0);	/* Size allocated for the saved line. */
-  int cur[NMERGE];		/* Current line in each line table. */
+  size_t mergealloc = sortalloc / (2 * NMERGE);
+  size_t savealloc IF_LINT (= 0); /* Size allocated for the saved line. */
+  size_t cur[NMERGE];		/* Current line in each line table. */
   int ord[NMERGE];		/* Table representing a permutation of fps,
 				   such that lines[ord[0]].lines[cur[ord[0]]]
 				   is the smallest line and will be next
@@ -1473,7 +1577,7 @@ mergefps (FILE **fps, register int nfps, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
       else
 	{
 	  initlines (&lines[i], mergealloc / linelength + 1,
-		     LINEALLOC / ((NMERGE + NMERGE) * sizeof (struct line)));
+		     sortalloc / (4 * NMERGE * sizeof (struct line)));
 	  findlines (&buffer[i], &lines[i]);
 	  cur[i] = 0;
 	}
@@ -1585,10 +1689,10 @@ mergefps (FILE **fps, register int nfps, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
 /* Sort the array LINES with NLINES members, using TEMP for temporary space. */
 
 static void
-sortlines (struct line *lines, int nlines, struct line *temp)
+sortlines (struct line *lines, size_t nlines, struct line *temp)
 {
   register struct line *lo, *hi, *t;
-  register int nlo, nhi;
+  register size_t nlo, nhi;
 
   if (nlines == 2)
     {
@@ -1638,10 +1742,7 @@ check (char **files, int nfiles)
   for (i = 0; i < nfiles; ++i)
     {
       fp = xfopen (files[i], "r");
-      if (checkfp (fp, files[i]))
-	{
-	  ++disorders;
-	}
+      disorders += checkfp (fp, files[i]);
     }
   return disorders;
 }
@@ -1694,8 +1795,8 @@ sort (char **files, int nfiles, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
 {
   struct buffer buf;
   struct lines lines;
-  struct line *tmp;
-  int i, ntmp;
+  struct line *tmp = NULL;
+  size_t ntmp = 0;
   FILE *fp, *tfp;
   struct tempnode *node;
   int n_temp_files = 0;
@@ -1703,9 +1804,7 @@ sort (char **files, int nfiles, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
 
   initbuf (&buf, sortalloc);
   initlines (&lines, sortalloc / linelength + 1,
-	     LINEALLOC / sizeof (struct line));
-  ntmp = lines.alloc;
-  tmp = (struct line *) xmalloc (ntmp * sizeof (struct line));
+	     sortalloc / (2 * sizeof (struct line)));
 
   while (nfiles--)
     {
@@ -1714,6 +1813,8 @@ sort (char **files, int nfiles, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
       fp = xfopen (*files++, "r");
       while (fillbuf (&buf, fp))
 	{
+	  size_t i;
+
 	  if (nfiles && buf.used != buf.alloc && feof (fp))
 	    {
 	      /* End of file, but there is more input and buffer room.
@@ -1726,8 +1827,13 @@ sort (char **files, int nfiles, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
 	  findlines (&buf, &lines);
 	  if (ntmp < lines.used)
 	    {
-	      while ((ntmp *= 2) < lines.used)
-		continue;
+	      if (ntmp == 0)
+		ntmp = lines.used;
+	      else
+		while ((ntmp *= 2) < lines.used)
+		  continue;
+	      if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct line) < ntmp)
+		xalloc_die ();
 	      tmp = (struct line *)
 		xrealloc ((char *) tmp, ntmp * sizeof (struct line));
 	    }
@@ -1759,8 +1865,8 @@ sort (char **files, int nfiles, FILE *ofp, const char *output_file)
 
   if (n_temp_files)
     {
+      int i = n_temp_files;
       tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (n_temp_files * sizeof (char *));
-      i = n_temp_files;
       for (node = temphead.next; i > 0; node = node->next)
 	tempfiles[--i] = node->name;
       merge (tempfiles, n_temp_files, ofp, output_file);
@@ -1787,6 +1893,39 @@ badfieldspec (const char *s)
   error (SORT_FAILURE, 0, _("invalid field specification `%s'"), s);
 }
 
+/* Parse the leading integer in STRING and store the resulting value
+   (which must fit into size_t) into *VAL.  Return the address of the
+   suffix after the integer.  */
+static char const *
+parse_field_count (char const *string, size_t *val)
+{
+  /* '@' can't possibly be a valid suffix; return &bad_suffix so that
+     the caller will eventually invoke badfieldspec.  */
+  static char const invalid_suffix = '@';
+  char *suffix;
+  uintmax_t n;
+
+  switch (xstrtoumax (string, &suffix, 10, &n, ""))
+    {
+    case LONGINT_OK:
+    case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:
+      *val = n;
+      if (*val == n)
+	break;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:
+      error (0, 0, _("count `%.*s' too large"),
+	     (int) (suffix - string), string);
+      return &invalid_suffix;
+
+    case LONGINT_INVALID:
+      error (0, 0, _("invalid count at start of `%s'"), string);
+      return &invalid_suffix;
+    }
+
+  return suffix;
+}
+
 /* Handle interrupts and hangups. */
 
 static void
@@ -1865,10 +2004,11 @@ int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   struct keyfield *key = NULL, gkey;
-  char *s;
-  int i, t, t2;
+  char const *s;
+  int i;
   int checkonly = 0, mergeonly = 0, nfiles = 0;
-  char *minus = "-", *outfile = minus, **files, *tmp;
+  char *minus = "-", **files, *tmp;
+  char const *outfile = minus;
   FILE *ofp;
 #ifdef SA_NOCLDSTOP
   struct sigaction oldact, newact;
@@ -1909,7 +2049,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
 #endif /* NLS */
 
-  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION,
+  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, PACKAGE, VERSION,
 		      AUTHORS, usage);
 
   have_read_stdin = 0;
@@ -1966,18 +2106,10 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  s = argv[i] + 1;
 	  if (! (ISDIGIT (*s) || (*s == '.' && ISDIGIT (s[1]))))
 	    badfieldspec (argv[i]);
-	  for (t = 0; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-	    t = 10 * t + *s - '0';
-	  t2 = 0;
+	  s = parse_field_count (s, &key->sword);
 	  if (*s == '.')
-	    for (++s; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-	      t2 = 10 * t2 + *s - '0';
-	  if (t2 || t)
-	    {
-	      key->sword = t;
-	      key->schar = t2;
-	    }
-	  else
+	    s = parse_field_count (s + 1, &key->schar);
+	  if (! (key->sword | key->schar))
 	    key->sword = -1;
 	  s = set_ordering (s, key, bl_start);
 	  if (*s)
@@ -1995,14 +2127,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 key specifiers,\nthe +POS specifier must come first"));
 		  usage (SORT_FAILURE);
 		}
-	      for (t = 0; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-		t = t * 10 + *s - '0';
-	      t2 = 0;
+	      s = parse_field_count (s, &key->eword);
 	      if (*s == '.')
-		for (++s; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-		  t2 = t2 * 10 + *s - '0';
-	      key->eword = t;
-	      key->echar = t2;
+		s = parse_field_count (s + 1, &key->echar);
 	      s = set_ordering (s, key, bl_end);
 	      if (*s)
 		badfieldspec (argv[i]);
@@ -2039,17 +2166,14 @@ key specifiers,\nthe +POS specifier must come first"));
 		    /* Get POS1. */
 		    if (!ISDIGIT (*s))
 		      badfieldspec (argv[i]);
-		    for (t = 0; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-		      t = 10 * t + *s - '0';
-		    if (t == 0)
+		    s = parse_field_count (s, &key->sword);
+		    if (! key->sword--)
 		      {
 			/* Provoke with `sort -k0' */
 			error (0, 0, _("the starting field number argument \
 to the `-k' option must be positive"));
 			badfieldspec (argv[i]);
 		      }
-		    --t;
-		    t2 = 0;
 		    if (*s == '.')
 		      {
 			if (!ISDIGIT (s[1]))
@@ -2059,23 +2183,16 @@ to the `-k' option must be positive"));
 lacks following character offset"));
 			    badfieldspec (argv[i]);
 			  }
-			for (++s; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-			  t2 = 10 * t2 + *s - '0';
-			if (t2 == 0)
+			s = parse_field_count (s + 1, &key->schar);
+			if (! key->schar--)
 			  {
 			    /* Provoke with `sort -k1.0' */
 			    error (0, 0, _("starting field character offset \
-argument to the `-k' option\nmust be positive"));
+argument to the `-k' option must be positive"));
 			    badfieldspec (argv[i]);
 			  }
-			--t2;
 		      }
-		    if (t2 || t)
-		      {
-			key->sword = t;
-			key->schar = t2;
-		      }
-		    else
+		    if (! (key->sword | key->schar))
 		      key->sword = -1;
 		    s = set_ordering (s, key, bl_start);
 		    if (*s == 0)
@@ -2097,17 +2214,14 @@ lacks following field spec"));
 			    badfieldspec (argv[i]);
 			  }
 			/* Get POS2. */
-			for (t = 0; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-			  t = t * 10 + *s - '0';
-			if (t == 0)
+			s = parse_field_count (s, &key->eword);
+			if (! key->eword--)
 			  {
 			    /* Provoke with `sort -k1,0' */
 			    error (0, 0, _("ending field number argument \
 to the `-k' option must be positive"));
 			    badfieldspec (argv[i]);
 			  }
-			--t;
-			t2 = 0;
 			if (*s == '.')
 			  {
 			    if (!ISDIGIT (s[1]))
@@ -2117,16 +2231,13 @@ to the `-k' option must be positive"));
 but lacks following character offset"));
 				badfieldspec (argv[i]);
 			      }
-			    for (++s; ISDIGIT (*s); ++s)
-			      t2 = t2 * 10 + *s - '0';
+			    s = parse_field_count (s + 1, &key->echar);
 			  }
 			else
 			  {
 			    /* `-k 2,3' is equivalent to `+1 -3'.  */
-			    ++t;
+			    key->eword++;
 			  }
-			key->eword = t;
-			key->echar = t2;
 			s = set_ordering (s, key, bl_end);
 			if (*s)
 			  badfieldspec (argv[i]);
@@ -2153,6 +2264,15 @@ but lacks following character offset"));
 		  case 's':
 		    stable = 1;
 		    break;
+		  case 'S':
+		    if (s[1])
+		      specify_sort_size (++s);
+		    else if (i < argc - 1)
+		      specify_sort_size (argv[++i]);
+		    else
+		      error (SORT_FAILURE, 0,
+			     _("option `-S' requires an argument"));
+		    goto outer;
 		  case 't':
 		    if (s[1])
 		      tab = *++s;
@@ -2211,7 +2331,7 @@ but lacks following character offset"));
   for (key = keylist; key; key = key->next)
     if (!key->ignore && !key->translate && !key->skipsblanks && !key->reverse
 	&& !key->skipeblanks && !key->month && !key->numeric
-        && !key->general_numeric)
+	&& !key->general_numeric)
       {
 	key->ignore = gkey.ignore;
 	key->translate = gkey.translate;
@@ -2241,6 +2361,9 @@ but lacks following character offset"));
       files = &minus;
     }
 
+  if (sortalloc == 0)
+    default_sort_size ();
+
   if (checkonly)
     {
       if (nfiles > 1)

src/sync.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* sync - update the super block
-   Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1994-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION,
+  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, PACKAGE, VERSION,
 		      AUTHORS, usage);
 
   if (argc != 1)

src/sys2.h

@@ -167,6 +167,14 @@ char *alloca ();
 # include <sys/exceptn.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h> /* for the definition of UINTMAX_MAX */
+#endif
+
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 /* Jim Meyering writes:
@@ -256,12 +264,17 @@ char *alloca ();
 
 #if ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>
+# if HAVE_GETTEXT && !HAVE_DCGETTEXT && !defined dcgettext
+#  define dcgettext(Domain, Text, Category) Text
+# endif
 # define _(Text) gettext (Text)
 #else
 # undef bindtextdomain
 # define bindtextdomain(Domain, Directory) /* empty */
 # undef textdomain
 # define textdomain(Domain) /* empty */
+# undef dcgettext
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Text, Category) Text
 # define _(Text) Text
 #endif
 #define N_(Text) Text
@@ -451,7 +464,7 @@ enum
 
 #define case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR(Program_name, Authors)			\
   case GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR:						\
-    version_etc (stdout, Program_name, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION, Authors);	\
+    version_etc (stdout, Program_name, PACKAGE, VERSION, Authors);	\
     exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);						\
     break;
 
@@ -519,6 +532,22 @@ enum
 # define ULONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long)
 #endif
 
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (size_t)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (uintmax_t)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OFF_T_MIN
+# define OFF_T_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (off_t)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OFF_T_MAX
+# define OFF_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (off_t)
+#endif
+
 #ifndef UID_T_MAX
 # define UID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (uid_t)
 #endif
@@ -531,6 +560,10 @@ enum
 # define PID_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (pid_t)
 #endif
 
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
 /* Use this to suppress gcc's `...may be used before initialized' warnings. */
 #ifdef lint
 # define IF_LINT(Code) Code

src/tail.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* tail -- output the last part of file(s)
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 1995-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,14 +44,6 @@
 #define AUTHORS \
   "Paul Rubin, David MacKenzie, Ian Lance Taylor, and Jim Meyering"
 
-#ifndef OFF_T_MIN
-# define OFF_T_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (off_t)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef OFF_T_MAX
-# define OFF_T_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (off_t)
-#endif
-
 #ifndef ENOSYS
   /* Some systems don't have ENOSYS -- this should be a big enough
      value that no valid errno value will match it.  */
@@ -271,6 +263,11 @@ With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.\n\
       --help               display this help and exit\n\
       --version            output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
+"),
+	      DEFAULT_N_LINES, DEFAULT_N_LINES,
+	      DEFAULT_MAX_N_UNCHANGED_STATS_BETWEEN_OPENS
+	      );
+      printf (_("\
 If the first character of N (the number of bytes or lines) is a `+',\n\
 print beginning with the Nth item from the start of each file, otherwise,\n\
 print the last N items in the file.  N may have a multiplier suffix:\n\
@@ -287,10 +284,7 @@ rotation).  Use --follow=name in that case.  That causes tail to track the\n\
 named file by reopening it periodically to see if it has been removed and\n\
 recreated by some other program.\n\
 \n\
-"),
-	      DEFAULT_N_LINES, DEFAULT_N_LINES,
-	      DEFAULT_MAX_N_UNCHANGED_STATS_BETWEEN_OPENS
-	      );
+"));
       puts (_("\nReport bugs to <bug-textutils@gnu.org>."));
     }
   exit (status == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
@@ -1145,6 +1139,9 @@ tail_file (struct File_spec *f, off_t n_units)
 	{
 	  f->fd = -1;
 	  f->errnum = errno;
+	  f->ignore = 0;
+	  f->ino = 0;
+	  f->dev = 0;
 	}
       error (0, errno, "%s", pretty_name (f));
       errors = 1;
@@ -1382,8 +1379,8 @@ parse_options (int argc, char **argv,
 
 	  {
 	    strtol_error s_err;
-	    unsigned long int tmp_ulong;
-	    s_err = xstrtoul (optarg, NULL, 10, &tmp_ulong, "bkm");
+	    uintmax_t n;
+	    s_err = xstrtoumax (optarg, NULL, 10, &n, "bkm");
 	    if (s_err == LONGINT_INVALID)
 	      {
 		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, "%s: %s", optarg,
@@ -1391,14 +1388,16 @@ parse_options (int argc, char **argv,
 			? _("invalid number of lines")
 			: _("invalid number of bytes")));
 	      }
-	    if (s_err != LONGINT_OK || tmp_ulong > OFF_T_MAX)
-	      {
-		error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
-		       _("%s: %s is so large that it is not representable"),
-		       optarg,
-		       c == 'n' ? _("number of lines") : _("number of bytes"));
-	      }
-	    *n_units = (off_t) tmp_ulong;
+
+	    if (s_err != LONGINT_OK)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		     _("%s: is so large that it is not representable"), optarg);
+
+	    if (OFF_T_MAX < n)
+	      error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+		     _("%s is larger than the maximum file size on this system"),
+		     optarg);
+	    *n_units = (off_t) n;
 	  }
 	  break;
 

src/tsort.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* tsort - topological sort.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   exit_status = 0;
 
-  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, GNU_PACKAGE, VERSION,
+  parse_long_options (argc, argv, PROGRAM_NAME, PACKAGE, VERSION,
 		      AUTHORS, usage);
 
   while ((opt = getopt_long (argc, argv, "", long_options, NULL)) != -1)

src/wheel-gen.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+# -*- perl -*-
+
+eval 'exec /usr/bin/perl -S $0 ${1+"$@"}'
+    if 0;
+
+use strict;
+(my $program_name = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+sub END
+{
+  use POSIX qw (_exit);
+  # This is required if the code might send any output to stdout
+  # E.g., even --version or --help.  So it's best to do it unconditionally.
+  close STDOUT
+    or (warn "$program_name: closing standard output: $!\n"), _exit (1);
+}
+
+sub is_prime ($)
+{
+  my ($n) = @_;
+  use integer;
+
+  $n == 2
+    and return 1;
+
+  my $d = 2;
+  my $w = 1;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      my $q = $n / $d;
+      $n == $q * $d
+        and return 0;
+      $d += $w;
+      $q < $d
+	and last;
+      $w = 2;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+{
+  @ARGV == 1
+    or die "$program_name: missing argument\n";
+
+  my $wheel_size = $ARGV[0];
+
+  my @primes = (2);
+  my $product = $primes[0];
+  my $n_primes = 1;
+  for (my $i = 3; ; $i += 2)
+    {
+      if (is_prime $i)
+	{
+	  push @primes, $i;
+	  $product *= $i;
+	  ++$n_primes == $wheel_size
+	    and last;
+	}
+    }
+
+  my $ws_m1 = $wheel_size - 1;
+  print <<EOF;
+/* The first $ws_m1 elements correspond to the incremental offsets of the
+   first $wheel_size primes (@primes).  The $wheel_size(th) element is the
+   difference between that last prime and the next largest integer
+   that is not a multiple of those primes.  The remaining numbers
+   define the wheel.  For more information, see
+   http://www.utm.edu/research/primes/glossary/WheelFactorization.html.  */
+EOF
+
+  my @increments;
+  my $prev = 2;
+  for (my $i = 3; ; $i += 2)
+    {
+      my $rel_prime = 1;
+      foreach my $divisor (@primes)
+	{
+	  $i != $divisor && $i % $divisor == 0
+	    and $rel_prime = 0;
+	}
+
+      if ($rel_prime)
+	{
+	  #warn $i, ' ', $i - $prev, "\n";
+	  push @increments, $i - $prev;
+	  $prev = $i;
+
+	  $product + 1 < $i
+	    and last;
+	}
+    }
+
+  print join (",\n", @increments), "\n";
+
+  exit 0;
+}

tests/basename/Makefile.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4c from Makefile.am
 
 # Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
 # Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -67,8 +67,6 @@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
-CXX = @CXX@
-CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
@@ -150,6 +148,7 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
 
+
 check-TESTS: $(TESTS)
 	@failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; \
 	srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \
@@ -274,12 +273,12 @@ maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 
 maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
 
-.PHONY: tags check-TESTS distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
-installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
-install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
-all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
-distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
-mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+.PHONY: all all-am all-redirect check check-TESTS check-am clean \
+clean-generic distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info \
+info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+install-exec-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am
 
 
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.

tests/chgrp/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile

tests/chgrp/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-.
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4 gnits
+
+TESTS = basic deref recurse
+EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS)
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+  PATH=`pwd`/../../src:$$PATH

tests/chgrp/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+
+top_builddir = ../..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMDEP = @AMDEP@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+FESETROUND_LIBM = @FESETROUND_LIBM@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
+LIB_CRYPT = @LIB_CRYPT@
+LIB_NANOSLEEP = @LIB_NANOSLEEP@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MAN = @MAN@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+POW_LIBM = @POW_LIBM@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
+SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+l = @l@
+
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4 gnits
+
+TESTS = basic deref recurse
+EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS)
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+  PATH=`pwd`/../../src:$$PATH
+
+subdir = tests/chgrp
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = ../../config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+DIST_SOURCES = 
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in
+
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits tests/chgrp/Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+check-TESTS: $(TESTS)
+	@failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; \
+	srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \
+	list='$(TESTS)'; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  for tst in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f ./$$tst; then dir=./; \
+	    elif test -f $$tst; then dir=; \
+	    else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	    if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $${dir}$$tst; then \
+	      all=`expr $$all + 1`; \
+	      case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \
+	      *" $$tst "*) \
+	        xpass=`expr $$xpass + 1`; \
+	        failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \
+	        echo "XPASS: $$tst"; \
+	      ;; \
+	      *) \
+	        echo "PASS: $$tst"; \
+	      ;; \
+	      esac; \
+	    elif test $$? -ne 77; then \
+	      all=`expr $$all + 1`; \
+	      case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \
+	      *" $$tst "*) \
+	        xfail=`expr $$xfail + 1`; \
+	        echo "XFAIL: $$tst"; \
+	      ;; \
+	      *) \
+	        failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \
+	        echo "FAIL: $$tst"; \
+	      ;; \
+	      esac; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	  if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \
+	    if test "$$xfail" -eq 0; then \
+	      banner="All $$all tests passed"; \
+	    else \
+	      banner="All $$all tests behaved as expected ($$xfail expected failures)"; \
+	    fi; \
+	  else \
+	    if test "$$xpass" -eq 0; then \
+	      banner="$$failed of $$all tests failed"; \
+	    else \
+	      banner="$$failed of $$all tests did not behave as expected ($$xpass unexpected passes)"; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	  dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \
+	  echo "$$dashes"; \
+	  echo "$$banner"; \
+	  echo "$$dashes"; \
+	  test "$$failed" -eq 0; \
+	fi
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+info-am:
+info: info-am
+dvi-am:
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+
+install-data-am:
+install-data: install-data-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am:
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile
+all-redirect: all-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
+installdirs:
+
+
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile.in
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+clean-am:  clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: tags check-TESTS distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
+installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
+install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
+all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

tests/chgrp/basic

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# make sure chgrp is reasonable
+
+if test "$VERBOSE" = yes; then
+  set -x
+  chgrp --version
+fi
+
+. $srcdir/../envvar-check
+. $srcdir/../lang-default
+. $srcdir/../group-names
+
+pwd=`pwd`
+tmp=basic.$$
+trap 'status=$?; cd $pwd; rm -rf $tmp && exit $status' 0
+trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+framework_failure=0
+mkdir $tmp || framework_failure=1
+cd $tmp || framework_failure=1
+
+if test $framework_failure = 1; then
+  echo 'failure in testing framework' 1>&2
+  (exit 1); exit
+fi
+
+fail=0
+
+set _ $groups; shift
+g1=$1
+g2=$2
+mkdir d
+touch f f2 d/f3
+chgrp $g1 f || fail=1
+chgrp $g2 f || fail=1
+chgrp $g2 f2 || fail=1
+
+(
+  chgrp -c $g1 f
+  chgrp -c $g2 f
+  chgrp -c $g2 f
+  chgrp --verbose $g1 f
+  chgrp --verbose $g1 f
+  chgrp --verbose --reference=f2 f
+  chgrp -R --verbose $g2 d
+  chgrp -R --verbose $g1 d
+  chgrp -R -c $g2 d
+  chgrp -R -c $g1 d
+  chgrp -c $g2 d
+
+  rm -f f
+  touch f
+  ln -s f symlink
+  chgrp $g1 f
+  chgrp $g2 symlink 2> /dev/null
+  # This should not change the group of f.
+  chgrp -c $g2 symlink 2> /dev/null
+  chgrp -c $g2 f
+
+  # This *should* change the group of f.
+  # Though note that the diagnostic is misleading in that
+  # it says the `group of `symlink'' has been changed.
+  chgrp --dereference -c $g1 symlink
+
+) 2>&1 | sed "s/ $g1$/ G1/;s/ $g2$/ G2/" > actual
+
+cat <<\EOF > expected
+changed group of `f' to G1
+changed group of `f' to G2
+changed group of `f' to G1
+group of `f' retained as G1
+changed group of `f' to G2
+changed group of `d' to G2
+changed group of `d/f3' to G2
+changed group of `d' to G1
+changed group of `d/f3' to G1
+changed group of `d' to G2
+changed group of `d/f3' to G2
+changed group of `d' to G1
+changed group of `d/f3' to G1
+changed group of `d' to G2
+changed group of `f' to G2
+changed group of `symlink' to G1
+EOF
+
+cmp expected actual \
+  || { diff -u expected actual 1>&2; fail=1; }
+
+(exit $fail); exit